SERVICE MANUAL

D-VHS DIGITAL RECORDER

HM-DH30000U

HM-DH30000U
MTP
VCR TV CABLE/DBS A.MONITOR POWER

NTSC
A/B TV/VCR DISPLAY ENTER/OSD

1
.,?
2
ABC
3
DEF
2

4
GHI
5
JKL
6
MNO
DBS DAILY(M-F) WEEKLY

7
PQRS
8
TUV
9
WXYZ

C. RESET AUX

CANCEL 0 TIMER 4

START STOP DATE CH

EXPRESS PROGRAMMING

1 PROG. HS/STD/LS3 PROG. SKIP SEARCH

SP/EP CHECK
BACK
REW PLAY FF

< >

STOP PAUSE
REC
TV CH +

TV TV
VOL VOL TIMER REC LINK STOP/EJECT PLAY
– +
POWER
ME TV CH –
NU 3 ON
OK N A V I G A TI

JOG/
SHUTTLE

PULL-OPEN

SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL VIDEO/AUDIO (S-VHS/VHS)
Power requirement : AC 120 V`, 60 Hz Format : S-VHS/VHS NTSC standard
Power consumption Signal system : NTSC-type color signal and EIA monochrome
Power on : 55 W signal, 525 lines/60 fields
Power off : 18 W Recording/

JVC SERVICE & ENGINEERING COMPANY OF AMERICA Temperature

Operating : 5°C to 40°C (41°F to 104°F)
Playback system
Signal-to-noise ratio
Frequency range
: DA-4 (Double Azimuth) head helical scan system
: 45 dB
Storage : –20°C to 60°C (–4°F to140°F)
DIVISION OF JVC AMERICAS CORP. Operating position
Dimensions (W x H x D)
: Horizontal only
: 435 mm x 105 mm x 383 mm
Normal audio : 70 Hz to 10,000 Hz
Hi-Fi audio : 20 Hz to 20,000 Hz
(17-3/16" x 4-3/16" x 15-1/8") TUNER
Head office : 1700 Valley Road Wayne, New Jersey 07470-9976 (973)315-5000 Weight : 5.7 kg (12.6 lbs) Tuning system : Frequency-synthesized tuner
East Coast : 10 New Maple Avenue Pine Brook, New Jersey 07058-9641 (973)396-1000 Maximum recording time Channel coverage
Midwest : 705 Enterprise Street Aurora, Illinois 60504-8149 (630)851-7855 D-VHS (HS) : 210 min. with DF-420 video cassette VHF : Channels 2–13
: 5665 Corporate Avenue Cypress, California 90630-0024 (714)229-8011 D-VHS (STD) : 420 min. with DF-420 video cassette UHF : Channels 14–69
West Coast D-VHS (LS3) : 1260 min. with DF-420 video cassette CATV : 113 Channels
Atlanta : 1500 Lakes Parkway Lawrenceville, Georgia 30043-5857 (770)339-2582 S-VHS/VHS (SP) : 210 min. with ST-210 video cassette TIMER
Hawaii : 2969 Mapunapuna Place Honolulu, Hawaii 96819-2040 (808)833-5828 S-VHS/VHS (EP) : 630 min. with ST-210 video cassette
Clock reference : Quartz
Program capacity : 1-year programmable timer/24 programs
VIDEO/AUDIO (D-VHS)
Memory backup time : Approx. 60 min.
Video format : MPEG2 standard CONNECTORS
Audio format : Encode MPEG1 Layer2
Decode MPEG1 Layer2 Input/Output : i.LINK IN/OUT, DV IN x 2 (4-pin, S200)
Dolby Digital RCA connectors (IN x 3, OUT x 2)

JVC CANADA INC. Track composition

Tape speed : 33.4 mm/sec (HS mode)
S-video connectors (IN x 3, OUT x 2)
Component video OUT (Y, PB/CB, PR/CR) x 1
16.67 mm/sec (STD mode) Digital OUT (optical) x 1
Head office : 21 Finchdene Square Scarborough, Ontario M1X 1A7 (416)293-1311 5.55 mm/sec (LS3 mode) ACCESSORIES
Montreal : 16800 Rte Trans-Canadienne, Kirkland, Quebec H9H 5G7 (514)871-1311 Head azimuth : ±30 deg Provided accessories : Infrared remote control unit, “AA” battery x 2,
Vancouver : 13040 Worster Court Richmond, B.C. V6V 2B3 (604)270-1311 Drum rotation : 1800 rpm Audio cable, RF cable (F-type),
No. 82894

Tracking system : CTL track system S-video cable (4-pin), Controller

Recording specification
Main data input rate : 28.2 Mbps (HS mode) 䡲 Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories.
14.1 Mbps (STD mode) "Dolby", "Pro Logic", and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby
4.7 Mbps (LS3 mode) Laboratories. Confidential unpublished works. Copyright 1992-1997
Interface : IEEE1394 compliant Dolby Laboratories. All rights reserved.
S40895-03 DTCP digital copy protection compatible
Specifications shown are for SP mode unless specified otherwise.
E. & O.E. Design and specifications subject to change without notice.

Printed in Japan This service manual is printed on 100% recycled paper. No. 82894
COPYRIGHT © 2001 VICTOR COMPANY OF JAPAN, LTD. August 2001
 TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Title Page
Important Safety Precautions
INSTRUCTIONS
1. DISASSEMBLY
1.1 Disassembly flow chart ................................................................ 1-1
1.2 How to read the disassembly and assembly ................................ 1-1
1.3 Disassembly/assembly method .................................................... 1-1
1.4 Service position ............................................................................ 1-5
1.4.1 How to set the “Service position” ........................................... 1-5
1.4.2 Precautions for cassette loading in the “Service position” ..... 1-5
1.4.3 Cassette loading and ejection methods in the “Service position” 1-5
1.5 Mechanism service mode ............................................................ 1-6
1.5.1 How to set the “Mechanism service mode” ............................ 1-6
1.6 Jig RCU mode ............................................................................. 1-6
1.6.1 Setting the Jig RCU mode ..................................................... 1-6
1.6.2 Setting the User RCU mode .................................................. 1-6
1.7 Opening on the chassis ................................................................ 1-6
1.8 Emergency display function ......................................................... 1-7
1.8.1 Displaying the EMG information ............................................. 1-7
1.8.2 Clearing the EMG history ....................................................... 1-7
1.8.3 EMG content description ........................................................ 1-8
1.8.4 EMG detail information <1> ................................................... 1-9
1.8.5 EMG detail information <2> ................................................. 1-10
2. MECHANISM ADJUSTMENT
2.1 Before starting repair and adjustment ......................................... 2-1
2.1.1 Precautions ............................................................................ 2-1
2.1.2 Checking for proper mechanical operations ........................... 2-1
2.1.3 Manually removing the cassette tape ..................................... 2-1
2.1.4 Jigs and tools required for adjustment ................................... 2-2
2.1.5 Maintenance and inspection .................................................. 2-3
2.2 Replacement of major parts ......................................................... 2-6
2.2.1 Before starting disassembling (Phase matching between
mechanical parts) ................................................................... 2-6
2.2.2 How to set the “Mechanism assembling mode” ..................... 2-6
2.2.3 Cassette holder assembly ...................................................... 2-6
2.2.4 Pinch roller arm assembly ...................................................... 2-8
2.2.5 Guide arm assembly and press lever assembly ..................... 2-8
2.2.6 A/C head ................................................................................ 2-8
2.2.7 Loading motor ........................................................................ 2-8
2.2.8 Capstan motor ....................................................................... 2-9
2.2.9 Pole base assembly (supply or take-up side) ......................... 2-9
2.2.10 Rotary encoder .................................................................. 2-10
2.2.11 Clutch unit .......................................................................... 2-10
2.2.12 Change lever assembly, direct gear, clutch gear and coupling gear .. 2-10
2.2.13 Link lever ............................................................................ 2-11
2.2.14 Cassette gear, control cam and worm gear ....................... 2-11
2.2.15 Control plate ....................................................................... 2-11
2.2.16 Loading arm gear (supply or take-up side) and
loading arm gear shaft ....................................................... 2-12
2.2.17 Take-up lever, take-up head and control plate guide .......... 2-13
2.2.18 Capstan brake assembly .................................................... 2-13
2.2.19 Sub brake assembly (take-up side) .................................... 2-13
2.2.20 Main brake assembly (take-up side), reel disk (take-up side) and
main brake assembly (supply side) ................................................ 2-13
2.2.21 Tension brake assembly, reel disk (supply side) and
tension arm assembly ........................................................ 2-14
2.2.22 Idler lever, idler arm assembly ........................................... 2-14
2.2.23 Stator assembly .................................................................. 2-14
2.2.24 Rotor assembly .................................................................. 2-14
2.2.25 Upper drum assembly ........................................................ 2-15
2.3 Compatibility adjustment ............................................................ 2-16
2.3.1 FM waveform linearity .......................................................... 2-16
2.3.2 Height and tilt of the A/C head ............................................. 2-17
2.3.3 A/C head phase (X-value) .................................................... 2-17
2.3.4 Standard tracking preset ...................................................... 2-18
2.3.5 Tension pole position ............................................................ 2-18
3. ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENT
3.1 Precaution ...................................................................................
3.1.1 Required test equipments .....................................................
3.1.2 Required adjustment tools .....................................................
3.1.3 Color (colour) bar signal,Color (colour) bar pattern ...............
3.1.4 Switch settings and standard precautions .............................
3.1.5 EVR Adjustment .....................................................................
3.2 Servo circuit .................................................................................
3.2.1 Switching point .......................................................................
3.2.2 D-VHS switching point ...........................................................
3.2.3 Slow tracking preset ...............................................................
Section Title Page
3.3 Video circuit .................................................................................. 3-3
3.3.1 D/A level ................................................................................. 3-3
3.3.2 EE Y/PB Y (S-VHS/VHS) level ............................................... 3-3
3.3.3 REC color (colour) level ......................................................... 3-3
3.3.4 Video EQ (Frequency response) ............................................ 3-4
3.3.5 Auto picture initial setting ....................................................... 3-4
3.4 Audio circuit .................................................................................. 3-4
3.4.1 Audio REC FM ....................................................................... 3-4
3.5 Demodulator circuit ...................................................................... 3-5
3.5.1 Input level ............................................................................... 3-5
3.5.2 Stereo VCO ............................................................................ 3-5
3.5.3 Stereo filter ............................................................................. 3-5
3.5.4 Separation - 1 ......................................................................... 3-6
3.5.5 Separation - 2 ......................................................................... 3-6
3.5.6 SAP VCO ............................................................................... 3-6
3.6 Digital circuit ................................................................................. 3-6
3.6.1 D-VHS REC level ................................................................... 3-6
3.6.2 PLL f0 ..................................................................................... 3-7
4. CHARTS AND DIAGRAMS
NOTES OF SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ................................................. 4-1
CIRCUIT BOARD NOTES .................................................................. 4-2
4.1 BOARD INTERCONNECTIONS .................................................. 4-3
4.2 REGULATOR AND SUB REGULATOR SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS ...... 4-5
4.3 MAIN (VIDEO/AUDIO) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM .......................... 4-7
4.4 MAIN (SYSCON) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM .................................. 4-9
4.5 MAIN (TUNER/DEMOD) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ..................... 4-11
4.6 MAIN (AUDIO I/O) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM .............................. 4-13
4.7 MAIN (SYNCDET) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM .............................. 4-15
4.8 MAIN (MAIN-TERMINAL) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ................... 4-17
4.9 3D DIGITAL/4M SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ................................... 4-19
4.10 TERMINAL-NTSC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ............................. 4-21
4.11 S-SUB SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ............................................... 4-23
4.12 DISPLAY, REC SAFETY/D.CASS SW AND
JACK SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS .............................................. 4-25
4.13 D-PRE/REC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ...................................... 4-27
4.14 DIGITAL(HOST) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ................................ 4-29
4.15 DIGITAL(DMAIN) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM .............................. 4-31
4.16 DIGITAL(D-VHS IF) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM .......................... 4-33
4.17 DIGITAL(DVX) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ................................... 4-35
4.18 DIGITAL(VIDEO IF) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM .......................... 4-37
4.19 DIGITAL(HD DEC) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ............................ 4-39
4.20 DIGITAL(LAPRAS) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ............................ 4-41
4.21 DIGITAL(DSP) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM .................................. 4-43
4.22 DIGITAL(AUDIO AD/DA) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ................... 4-45
4.23 DIGITAL(DECRIPTER) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ..................... 4-47
4.24 REGULATOR AND SUB REGULATOR CIRCUIT BOARDS .... 4-49
4.25 3D DIGITAL/4M AND S-SUB CIRCUIT BOARDS .................... 4-51
4.26 TERMINAL CIRCUIT BOARD .................................................. 4-52
4.27 DISPLAY, REC SAFETY AND JACK CIRCUIT BOARDS ........ 4-53
4.28 D-PRE/REC CIRCUIT BOARD ................................................ 4-55
4.29 DIGITAL CIRCUIT BOARD ...................................................... 4-57
4.30 MAIN CIRCUIT BOARD ........................................................... 4-61
4.31 VOLTAGE CHARTS .................................................................. 4-64
4.32 FDP GRID ASSIGNMENT AND ANODE CONNECTION ........ 4-65
4.33 REMOTE CONTROLLER SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ................. 3-66
4.34 WAVEFORMS .......................................................................... 4-67
4.35 CPU PIN FUNCTION ............................................................... 4-68
4.36 SYSTEM CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM ................................. 4-69
4.37 AUDIO BLOCK DIAGRAM ....................................................... 4-71
4.38 VIDEO BLOCK DIAGRAM ....................................................... 4-73
4.39 D-VHS BLOCK DIAGRAM ....................................................... 4-77
5. PARTS LIST
5.1 PACKING AND ACCESSORY ASSEMBLY <M1> ....................... 5-1
5.2 FINAL ASSEMBLY <M2> ............................................................ 5-2
5.3 MECHANISM ASSEMBLY <M4> ................................................ 5-4
5.4 ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST .......................................................... 5-6
SW.REG BOARD ASSEMBLY <01> ................................................ 5-6
SUB REG BOARD ASSEMBLY <02> .............................................. 5-7
MAIN BOARD ASSEMBLY <03> ..................................................... 5-8
3-1
3D DIGITAL/4M BOARD ASSEMBLY <05> ................................... 5-14
3-1
TERMINAL BOARD ASSEMBLY <06> .......................................... 5-16
3-1
A/C HEAD BOARD ASSEMBLY <12> ........................................... 5-16
3-1
S-SUB BOARD ASSEMBLY <15> ................................................. 5-16
3-1
DISPLAY BOARD ASSEMBLY <28> .............................................. 5-17
3-1
REC SAFETY BOARD ASSEMBLY <32> ...................................... 5-18
3-2
JACK BOARD ASSEMBLY <36> ................................................... 5-18
3-2
D-PRE/REC BOARD ASSEMBLY <43> ......................................... 5-18
3-2
DIGITAL BOARD ASSEMBLY <50> ............................................... 5-22
3-2
LOADING MOTOR BOARD ASSEMBLY <55> .............................. 5-32
 Important Safety Precautions
Prior to shipment from the factory, JVC products are strictly inspected to conform with the recognized product safety and electrical codes of the
countries in which they are to be sold. However, in order to maintain such compliance, it is equally important to implement the following precautions
when a set is being serviced.

• Precautions during Servicing

1. Locations requiring special caution are denoted by labels and in-
scriptions on the cabinet, chassis and certain parts of the product.
When performing service, be sure to read and comply with these
and other cautionary notices appearing in the operation and serv-
ice manuals.
2. Parts identified by the ! symbol and shaded ( ) parts are
critical for safety.
Replace only with specified part numbers.
Note: Parts in this category also include those specified to com-
ply with X-ray emission standards for products using
cathode ray tubes and those specified for compliance
with various regulations regarding spurious radiation
emission.
3. Fuse replacement caution notice.
Caution for continued protection against fire hazard.
Replace only with same type and rated fuse(s) as specified.
12. Crimp type wire connector
In such cases as when replacing the power transformer in sets
where the connections between the power cord and power trans-
former primary lead wires are performed using crimp type connec-
tors, if replacing the connectors is unavoidable, in order to prevent
safety hazards, perform carefully and precisely according to the
following steps.
1) Connector part number : E03830-001
2) Required tool : Connector crimping tool of the proper type which
will not damage insulated parts.
3) Replacement procedure
(1) Remove the old connector by cutting the wires at a point
close to the connector.
Important : Do not reuse a connector (discard it).

4. Use specified internal wiring. Note especially:

1) Wires covered with PVC tubing
2) Double insulated wires cut close to connector
3) High voltage leads
Fig.3
5. Use specified insulating materials for hazardous live parts. Note
especially: (2) Strip about 15 mm of the insulation from the ends of the
1) Insulation Tape 3) Spacers 5) Barrier wires. If the wires are stranded, twist the strands to avoid
2) PVC tubing 4) Insulation sheets for transistors frayed conductors.
15 mm
6. When replacing AC primary side components (transformers, power
cords, noise blocking capacitors, etc.) wrap ends of wires securely
about the terminals before soldering.

Fig.4

(3) Align the lengths of the wires to be connected. Insert the

wires fully into the connector.

Fig.1 Metal sleeve

7. Observe that wires do not contact heat producing parts (heatsinks,

oxide metal film resistors, fusible resistors, etc.)

8. Check that replaced wires do not contact sharp edged or pointed Connector
parts.
Fig.5
9. When a power cord has been replaced, check that 10-15 kg of
force in any direction will not loosen it. (4) As shown in Fig.6, use the crimping tool to crimp the metal
sleeve at the center position. Be sure to crimp fully to the
complete closure of the tool.

Power cord

1.2
2.0
5 Crimping tool
5.5

Fig.2 Fig.6

10. Also check areas surrounding repaired locations. (5) Check the four points noted in Fig.7.

11. Products using cathode ray tubes (CRTs) Not easily pulled free Crimped at approx. center
In regard to such products, the cathode ray tubes themselves, the of metal sleeve
high voltage circuits, and related circuits are specified for compli-
ance with recognized codes pertaining to X-ray emission.
Consequently, when servicing these products, replace the cath- Conductors extended
ode ray tubes and other parts with only the specified parts. Under
Wire insulation recessed
no circumstances attempt to modify these circuits. more than 4 mm
Unauthorized modification can increase the high voltage value and
cause X-ray emission from the cathode ray tube. Fig.7

I S40888-01
• Safety Check after Servicing
Examine the area surrounding the repaired location for damage or deterioration. Observe that screws, parts and wires have been returned
to original positions, Afterwards, perform the following tests and confirm the specified values in order to verify compliance with safety
standards.

1. Insulation resistance test

Confirm the specified insulation resistance or greater between power cord plug prongs and exter-
nally exposed parts of the set (RF terminals, antenna terminals, video and audio input and output
terminals, microphone jacks, earphone jacks, etc.). See table 1 below.

2. Dielectric strength test

Confirm specified dielectric strength or greater between power cord plug prongs and exposed acces-
sible parts of the set (RF terminals, antenna terminals, video and audio input and output terminals,
microphone jacks, earphone jacks, etc.). See table 1 below.

3. Clearance distance
When replacing primary circuit components, confirm specified clearance distance (d), (d’) be-
tween soldered terminals, and between terminals and surrounding metallic parts. See table 1
below.

Fig. 8

4. Leakage current test

Confirm specified or lower leakage current between earth ground/power cord plug prongs and
externally exposed accessible parts (RF terminals, antenna terminals, video and audio input and
output terminals, microphone jacks, earphone jacks, etc.). a b
Measuring Method : (Power ON) Z A c
Insert load Z between earth ground/power cord plug prongs and externally exposed accessible Externally
parts. Use an AC voltmeter to measure across both terminals of load Z. See figure 9 and following exposed V
table 2. accessible part
Fig. 9

5. Grounding (Class 1 model only)

Confirm specified or lower grounding impedance between earth pin in AC inlet and externally exposed accessible parts (Video in, Video out,
Audio in, Audio out or Fixing screw etc.).
Measuring Method:
Connect milli ohm meter between earth pin in AC inlet and exposed accessible parts. See figure 10 and grounding specifications.

Fig. 10

Table 1 Specifications for each region

Table 2 Leakage current specifications for each region

Note: These tables are unofficial and for reference only. Be sure to confirm the precise values for your particular country and locality.

II S40888-01
 SECTION 1
DISASSEMBLY
1.1 Disassembly flow chart 1.3 Disassembly/assembly method
This flowchart lists the disassembling steps for the cabinet Step/ Fig.
Loc No. Part Name No. Point Note
parts and P.C. boards in order to gain access to item(s) to
[1] Top cover, D1 2(S1a), 2(S1b), (S1c)
be serviced. When reassembling, perform the step(s) in re- -----------------
Bracket 2(S1d)
verse order. Bend, route and dress the flat cables as they
were originally laid. [2] Front panel assembly D2 CN8201(WR2a), <Note 2a>
2(S2a), 4(L2a), 2(L2b), <Note 2b>
3(L2c)
[1] Top cover, Bracket
[3] SW.REG board D3 CN5302(WR3a), <Note 2a>
assembly CN5502(WR3b),
[2] Front panel assembly CN5504(WR3c),
CN5303(WR3d),
CN5503(WR3e),
[3] SW.REG board assembly 2(S3a)
[4] Digital board assembly D4 CN601(WR4a), <Note 2a>
[4] Digital board assembly CN603(WR4b), <Note 4a>
CN8803(WR4c),
[5] D-PRE/REC board assembly CN9801(WR4d),
CN8002(WR4e),
2(S4a), (S4b),
[6] Drum assembly Earth plate
[5] D-PRE/REC board D5 (S5a), L5a(WR5a), <Note 2a>
[7] Mechanism assembly assembly Shield case(PRE), <Note 5a>
CN606(WR5b),
REC safety board assembly, CN3011
[8] Display board assembly, [6] Drum assembly, D6 CON1(WR6a), <Note 2a>
CN1(WR6b), <Note 6a>
Jack board assembly (S6a), (S6b), (S6c)
-----------------
(Inertia plate), 4(L6a)
[9] Main board assembly -----------------
(Roller arm assembly), (P6a), (L6b)
-----------------
(Cleaner assembly) (L6c)
[10] Bottom cover
[7] Mechanism assembly D7 CN1(WR7a), (S7a), <Note 2a>
(S7b), (S7c), (S7d), <Note 7a>
S7e(WR7b), 2(L7a)
1.2 How to read the disassembly and assembly [8] REC safety board D8 (S8a) <Note 2a>
<Example> assembly,
-----------------
Display board assembly, CN7002(WR8a), <Note 8a>
Step/ Fig. 4(L8a)
Loc No. Part Name No. Point Note -----------------
Jack board assembly CN7191(WR8b)
[1] Top cover, D1 4(S1a),(S1b),3(L1a), <Note 1a>
2(SD1a),(P1a),(W1a), [9] Main board assembly D9 2(S9a)
CN1(WR1a), [10] Bottom cover, D10
Bracket 2(S1c) -----------------
(Foot(2)), 4(L10a)
-----------------
(Foot assembly) 4(L10b)
-----------------
(S10a), 2(S10b),
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 4(L10c), 3(L10d)

(1) Order of steps in Procedure

When reassembling, perform the step(s) in the reverse order.
These numbers are also used as the identification (location) No.
of parts Figures.
(2) Part name to be removed or installed.
(3) Fig. No. showing procedure or part location.
(4) Identification of part to be removed, unhooked, unlocked,
released, unplugged, unclamped or unsoldered.
P= Spring, W= Washer, S= Screw, L= Locking tab, SD= Solder,
CN**(WR**)= Remove the wire (WR**) from the connector
(CN**).
Note:
• The bracketed ( ) WR of the connector symbol are as-
signed nos. in priority order and do not correspond to
those on the spare parts list.
(5) Adjustment information for installation

1-1
<Note 2a>
• Be careful not to damage the connector and wire etc. during
connection and disconnection. [1] Top cover
• When connecting the flat wire to the connector, be careful
with the wire direction. (S1a)
(S1c)
<Note 2b>
• When reattaching the Front panel assembly, make sure that
the door opener “a” of the Cassette holder assembly is low-
ered in position prior to the reinstallation.
<Note 4a>
• When securing the screw (S4b), be sure to attach the earth
plate together it.
<Note 5a>
• When securing the screw (S5a), be sure to connect the lug
wire (WR5a) together it.
(S1d) (S1b)
<Note 6a>
• When installing the drum assembly, secure the screws (S6a
to S6c) in the order of a,b,c.
<Note 7a>
• When it is required to remove the screws (S7a to S7b) re- (S1d)
taining the Mechanism assembly, please refer to the “Pro-
cedures for Lowering the Cassette holder assembly”(See
on page 1-2).
• When reattaching the Mechanism assembly to the Main
board assembly, take care not to damage the sensors and
switch on the Main board assembly.
• When removing the Mechanism assembly only, unhook the
two spacers connecting it with the Main board assembly with [1] Bracket
pliers from the back side of the Main board assembly first,
and then remove the Mechanism assembly.
<Note 8a> Fig. D1
• After removing the REC safety board assembly, remove the
display board assembly.

Procedures for Lowering the Cassette holder assembly

CN8201
As the mechanism of this unit is integrated with the Housing
Detail B a <Note 2b>
assembly, the holder must be lowered and the two screws un-
screwed when removing the Mechanism assembly. (WR2a)
<Note 2a>
(S2a)

(L2a)

(A) Detail C
(B)
(S2a)
Fig. 2
(L2a)
(L2b)

(L2c)
Fig. 1 (L2b)
[2] Front panel
assembly Treatment of 1394 cable
Digital Detail B Detail C
Fig. 3 board Display board
assembly assembly
Turn the loading motor pulley in the direction as indicated by
Fig.2. As both (A) and (B) levers are lodged twice, push the Front panel
assembly
levers in the direction as indicated by Fig.3 to release them.
When pushing the levers, do it in the order of (A), (B), (B), 1394 cable
(A). When the holder has been lowered, turn the pulley until
the cassette holder is securely in place without allowing any
up/down movement.

Procedures for Lowering the Cassette holder assembly Fig. D2

1-2
 (S3a) (S5a)
(S3a)

[3] SW. REG Shield case (PRE)

board assembly
(L5a)
CN5302

CN5504
CN5502
CN5503
CN5303 WR5a
<Note 5a>
WR3b
WR3a <Note 2a>
<Note 2a> [5]
D-PRE/REC
WR3c board assembly
<Note 2a> WR5b CN606
<Note 2a>

CN605
(CN3011)

Fig. D5
WR3e
<Note 2a>
WR3d Note:
<Note 2a> When installing the Drum assembly, secure the screws (S6a to
S6c) in the order of a, b, c.

Fig. D3 Not used

Drum shield

(S4b) (S6b)
Earth plate <Note 4a>
(WR4b)
CN8002 <Note 2a>
CN9801 Inertia plate (S6a)
CN8803 <Note 6a>
(S6c)
(S4a) Not used <Note 6a>
(WR4a)
<Note 2a> (W6) WR6a
<Note 2a>
(S4a) (L6a) Spacer CON1
[4] Digital board assembly (S6b)
(P6a) <Note 6a>
WR4e
<Note 2a> WR6b
WR4d WR4c
(L6b) <Note 2a>
<Note 2a> <Note 2a>

Roller arm Cleaner

CN603 assembly assembly
CN601

[6] Drum assembly

(L6c)

CN1

Fig. D4 Fig. D6
1-3
 Note:
When installing the Mechanism assembly, secure the screws
(S7a to S7b) in the order of a, b.
(S9a)

(S7d) WR7a
(S7b) (S7a) <Note 2a>
<Note 7a> <Note 7a>
(S7e)
CN1 WR7b
<Note 7b>
(S7c)

Q3003
End sensor [7] Mechanism
<Note 7a> assembly
[9] Main board assembly
(L7a)
Spacer (L7a)
<Note 7a> Spacer
<Note 7a>

D3001
LED
<Note 7a> Q3002
Start sensor
S3002 <Note 7a>
S cassette switch
<Note 7a>

Fig. D7 Fig. D9

(L10b) (L10c)
(L10d)

(L10b)
(S8a)

(L10a)

(L10a)
[8] REC safety
board assembly
(L8a) <Note 8a>
(L10c)

[8] Display board Foot

(L8a) assembly
assembly
WR8b
<Note 2a>

CN7191
CN7002

[8] Jack board assembly

WR8a
<Note 2a>
(S10a)
[10] (S10b)
Bottom cover
Foot(2)

Fig. D8 Fig. D10

1-4
1.4 Service position
This unit has been designed so that the Mechanism and
Main board assemblies can be removed together from the
chassis assembly. Before diagnosing or servicing the cir-
cuit boards, take out the major parts from the chassis as-
sembly.
• In order to diagnose the playback or recording of the
cassette tape, set the Mechanism assembly to the re-
quired mode before placing it upside down. If the
mechanism mode is changed (including ejection) while
it is in an upside down position the tape inside may
be damaged.

1.4.2 Precautions for cassette loading in the “Service

1.4.1 How to set the “Service position”
(1) Refer to the disassembly procedure and perform the dis-
assembly of the major parts before removing the D-PRE/
REC board assembly.
(2) Remove the screws attaching the mechanism assembly
with the chassis assembly. Remove the screws attach-
ing the board assembly, if necessary.
(3) Remove the combined Mechanism and Main board as-
semblies.
(4) Connect the wires and connectors of the major parts that
have been removed in step (1). (Refer to Fig.1-4-1a.)
(5) Place the combined Mechanism and Main board assem-
blies upside down.
(6) Insert the power cord plug into the power outlet and then
proceed with the diagnostics and servicing of the board
assembly.
Notes:
• Before inserting the power cord plug into the power
outlet, make sure that none of the electrical parts are
able to short-circuit between the workbench and the
board assembly.
• For the disassembly procedure of the major parts and
details of the precautions to be taken, see “1.3 Disas-
sembly/assembly method”.
• If there are wire connections from the Main board and
Mechanism assemblies to the other major parts, be
sure to remove them ( including wires connected to the
major parts ) first before performing step (2).
• When carrying out diagnosis and repair of the Main
board assembly in the “Service position”, be sure to
ground both the Main board and Mechanism assem-
blies. If they are improperly grounded, there may be
noise on the playback picture or FDP counter display
may move even when the mechanism is kept in an in-
operative status.
CN7104
Digital board assembly
position”
The REC safety board assembly detects cassette loading as
well as cassette tabs. Therefore, after the assembly has been
removed in the “Service position”, it is required to set the
switch manually on the REC safety board assembly when a
cassette is loaded.
1.4.3 Cassette loading and ejection methods in the
“Service position”
(1) Insert a cassette halfway in the Cassette holder assem-
bly.
(2) Set the switch on the REC safety board assembly to on
(by pressing the switch).
(3) As soon as the cassette starts to be loaded, set the
switch on the REC safety board assembly to off (by re-
leasing the switch).
(4) Now the desired operation (recording, playback, fast for-
ward, rewind, etc.) is possible in this status.
(5) The switch on the REC safety board assembly does not
have to be operated when ejecting a tape. But be sure
to turn the set to the normal position before ejecting the
tape.
Note:
• In the “Service position”, the cassette tabs cannot be de-
tected and recording becomes possible even with a cas-
sette with broken tabs such as the alignment tape. Be very
careful not to erase important tapes.
S-Sub board assembly Terminal board assembly

To D-PRE/REC 3D Digital/4M
CN603 To Digital TP106 board assembly
CN601 CN8803 TP4001
TP2253 Main board
TP616 TP112
TP602 TP601 TP606 TP111 assembly
CN603 CN601

D-PRE/REC VR1401
CP6201 D/A level
CN8002 board CP4001
assembly To Digital
CN8801
CP3002 CN8802 CN5504
To Digital CN5502
CN8002 VR6601 CN5503
CN9801 CN5601
CN9801 Separation
Main CN8803
TP106 PB-FM CN7107
TP2253 A.PB-FM CN901
TP4001 CTL.P TP7101 Sub Reg board assembly
CN3009 CN3008 CN5302
TP7101 Y OUT CN8801 TP7002
CN8802 (MECHA2) CN5303
D-PRE/REC
TP111 Video/STD/HS1 FF SW. Reg board assembly
CN7191 REC Safety board assembly
TP112 A/HS2 FF CN7005
TP601 REC level 1 Display board assembly
TP602 REC level 2
TP606 PB data 1 TP7001 CN7002
TP616 PB data 2 Jack board assembly (MECHA1)

Fig. 1-4-1a
1-5
1.5 Mechanism service mode 1.7 Opening on the chassis
This model has a unique function to enter the mechanism The chassis of this VCR has openings for diagnosis of some
into every operation mode without loading of any cassette parts on the board assembly.
tape. This function is called the “Mechanism service mode”.

1.5.1 How to set the “Mechanism service mode”

(1) Unplug the power cord plug from the power outlet.
(2) Remove the front panel assembly.
(3) Connect TP7001(MECHA 1) and TP7002(MECHA 2) on
the Display board assembly with a jump wire. Reel sensor Rotary encoder
(4) Insert the power cord plug into the power outlet. (Supply) Reel sensor
(5) With lock levers (A) (B) on the left and right of the Cas- (Take-up)

sette holder assembly pulled toward the front, slide the

holder in the same direction as the cassette insertion di- IC3001

rection. (For the positions of lock levers (A) (B), refer to

the “Procedures for lowering the Cassette holder assem-
bly” of 1.3 Disassembly/assembly method.)
(6) The cassette holder lowers and, when the loading has
completed, the mechanism enters the desired mode. TU6001

CN3011

1.6 Jig RCU mode

This unit uses the following two modes for receiving remote
control codes.
1) User RCU mode : Ordinary mode for use by the user.
2) Jig RCU mode : Mode for use in production and serv-
icing.
Fig. 1-7-1a
When using the Jig RCU, it is required to set the VCR to
the Jig RCU mode (the mode in which codes from the Jig
RCU can be received). As both of the above two modes
are stored in the EEPROM, it is required to set the VCR
back to the User RCU mode each time that an adjustment
is made or to check that the necessary operations have
been completed. These modes can be set by the opera-
tions described below.

1.6.1 Setting the Jig RCU mode

(1) Unplug the power cord plug from the power outlet.
(2) Press and hold the “REC” and “PAUSE” buttons on the
VCR simultaneously, while plugging the power cord plug
into the power outlet.
When the VCR is set to the Jig RCU mode, the symbols
( “ : ” ) in the time display of the FDP are turned off.

1.6.2 Setting the User RCU mode

(1) Turn off the power.
(2) Press the “REC” and “PAUSE” buttons of the VCR si-
multaneously. Alternatively, transmit the code “80” from
the Jig RCU.

1-6
1.8 Emergency display function Notes:
• The EMG detail information <1><2> show the information
This unit has a function for storing the history of the past two on the latest EMG.
emergencies (EMG) and displaying them on each FDP (or It becomes “ – – : – – : – –” when there is no latest EMG
OSD). With the status of the VCR and mechanism at the mo- record.
ment an emergency occurred can also be confirmed. • When using the Jig RCU, it is required to set the VCR to
the Jig RCU mode (the mode in which codes from the Jig
FDP display model RCU can be received).
[FDP display]
Jig RCU
0 : 00 : 00 Normal display [Data transmitting method]
Depress the “ ” ( 3 ) button
after the data code is set.
E: * * : * * EMG content display
(E:Latest:Previous)
CUSTOM CODE INITIAL MODE
43: A CODE
*1: *2 : 34 EMG detail information <1> 53: B CODE

DATA CODE
*5: *6 : *7 EMG detail information <2>

Fig. 1-8a Jig RCU [PTU94023B]

1.8.1 Displaying the EMG information

FDP (7segment LED) display model (1) Transmit the code “59” from the Jig RCU.
[FDP display] The FDP shows the EMG content in the form of “E: * * : * * ”.
0: 00 Normal display <Example 1> E : 01 : 03

E: * * EMG content display (Latest) Previous EMG

Latest EMG
1: * * EMG content display (Previous)
<Example 2> E : –– : –– No EMG record
2: * 1 EMG detail information <1>
[Deck operation mode]
(2) Transmit the code “59” from the Jig RCU again.
3: * 2 EMG detail information <1>
The FDP shows the EMG detail information <1> in the form
[Mechanism operation mode]
of “ * 1 : * 2 : 34 ”.
4: 34 EMG detail information <1>
[Mechanism sensor information and Mechanism mode position] * 1 : Deck operation mode at the moment of EMG
* 2 : Mechanism operation mode at the moment of EMG
5: * 5 EMG detail information <2>
3– : Mechanism sensor information at the moment of
[Type of the cassette tape in use <1>]
EMG
6: * 6 EMG detail information <2>
–4 : Mechanism mode position at the moment of EMG
[Winding position of the cassette tape in use]
(3) Transmit the code “59” from the Jig RCU once again.
7: * 7 EMG detail information <2>
The FDP shows the EMG detail information <2> in the form
[Type of the cassette tape in use <2> (Winding area)]
of “ * 5 : * 6 : * 7 ”.
* 5 : Type of the cassette tape in use <1> .
* 6 : Winding position of the cassette tape in use
* 7 : Type of the cassette tape in use <2> (Winding area)
OSD display model
[OSD display] (4) Transmit the code “59” from the Jig RCU once again to re-
set the display.
Notes:
EMG content display
EMG (E:Latest:Previous) • For the OSD display model, all EMG information are
E: * * : * * showed by transmitting first code from the Jig RCU.
*1: *2 : 34 EMG detail information <1> • For the EMG content, see “1.8.3 EMG content descrip-
*5: *6 : *7 EMG detail information <2> tion”.
• For the EMG detail information <1> , see “1.8.4 EMG de-
tail information <1> ”.
• For the EMG detail information <2> , see “1.8.5 EMG de-
tail information <2>”.

1.8.2 Clearing the EMG history

(1) Display the EMG history.
(2) Transmit the code “36” from the Jig RCU.
(3) Reset the EMG display.

(EMG-02e)

1-7
1.8.3 EMG content description
Note: EMG contents “E08/E09” are for the model with Dynamic Drum (DD).
FDP CONTENT
E01: Loading EMG When the mechanism mode cannot be changed to an-
other mode even when the loading motor has rotated
for more than 4 seconds in the loading direction, [E:01]
is identified and the power is turned off.
E02: Unloading EMG When the mechanism mode cannot be changed to an-
other mode even when the loading motor has rotated
for more than 4 seconds in the unloading direction, [E:02]
is identified and the power is turned off.
E03: Take Up Reel When the take-up reel pulse has not been generated for
Pulse EMG more than 4 seconds in the capstan rotating mode, [E:03]
is identified, the pinch rollers are turned off and stopped,
and the power is turned off. However, the reel EMG is
not detected in STILL/SLOW modes.
E04: Drum FG When the drum FG pulse has not been input for more
EMG than 3 seconds in the drum rotating mode, [E:04] is iden-
tified, the pinch rollers are turned off and stopped, and
the power is turned off.
E05: Cassette Eject When the eject operation does not complete in 3 sec-
EMG onds after the start, [E:05] is identified, the pinch rollers
are turned off and stopped, and the power is turned off.
When the cassette insertion operation does not complete
in 3 seconds after the start, the cassette is ejected. In
addition, when the operation does not complete within
3 seconds after the start, [E:05] is also identified and the
power is turned off immediately.
E06: Capstan FG When the capstan FG pulse has not been generated for
EMG more than 1 second in the capstan rotating mode, [E:06]
is identified, the pinch rollers are turned off and stopped,
and the power is turned off.However, the capstan EMG
is not detected in STILL/SLOW/FF/REW modes.
E07: SW Power When short-circuiting of the SW power supply with GND
Short-Circuit has lasted for 0.5 second or more, [E:07] is identified,
EMG all the motors are stopped and the power is turned off.
E08: DD Initialized When DD tilting does not complete in 4 seconds, [E:08]
(Absolute is identified, the tilt motor is stopped and the power is
Position turned off.
Sensor)
EMG
When the DD FG pulse is not generated within 2.5 sec-
E09: DD FG EMG onds, [E:09] is identified, the tilt motor is stopped and
the power is turned off.
E0A:Supply Reel When the supply reel pulse has not been generated for
Pulse EMG more than 10 seconds in the capstan rotating mode,
[E:0A] is identified and the cassette is ejected (but the
power is not turned off). However, note that the reel EMG
is not detected in the SLOW/STILL mode.
EC1 or EU1: Presupposing the presence of the control pulse output in the PLAY mode, when the value obtained by mixing the two V.FM output
Head clog warning channels (without regard to the A.FM output) has remained below a certain threshold level for more than 10 seconds, [E:C1] or [E:U1]
is identified and recorded in the emergency history. During the period in which a head clog is detected, the FDP and OSD repeat the
“3-second warning display” and “7-second noise picture display” alternately.
EMG code : “E:C1” or “E:U1” / FDP : “U:01” / OSD : “Try cleaning tape.” or “Use cleaning cassette.”
The head clog warning is reset when the above-mentioned threshold has been exceeded for more than 2 seconds or the mode is
changed to another mode than PLAY.
Table 1-8-3a
1-8
CAUSE
1. The mechanism is locked in the middle of mode transition.
2. The mechanism is locked at the loading end due to the encoder position
reading error during mode transition.
3. Power is not supplied to the loading MDA.
1. The mechanism is locked in the middle of mode transition.
2. The mechanism is locked at the unloading end due to the encoder posi-
tion reading error during mode transition.
3. Power is not supplied to the loading MDA.
1. The take-up reel pulse is not generated in the FWD transport modes (PLAY/
FWD SEARCH/FF, etc.) because;
1) The idler gear is not meshed with the take-up reel gear;
2) The idler gear is meshed with the take-up reel gear, but incapable of wind-
ing due to too large mechanical load (abnormal tension);
3) The take-up reel sensor does not output the FG pulse.
2. The supply reel pulse is not generated in the REV transport modes (REV
SEARCH/REW, etc.) because;
1) The idler gear is not meshed with the supply reel gear.
2) The idler gear is meshed with the supply reel gear, but incapable of wind-
ing due to too large a mechanical load (abnormal tension);
3) The supply reel sensor does not output the FG pulse.
3. Power is not supplied to the reel sensors.
1. The drum could not start or the drum rotation has stopped due to too large
a load on the tape, because;
1) The tape tension is abnormally high;
2) The tape is damaged or a foreign object (grease, etc.) adheres to the tape.
2. The drum FG pulse did not reach the System controller CPU because;
1) The signal circuit is disconnected in the middle;
2) The FG pulse generator (hall device) of the drum is faulty.
3. The drum control voltage (DRUM CTL V) is not supplied to the MDA.
4. Power is not supplied to the drum MDA.
1. The cassette cannot be ejected due to a failure in the drive mechanism of
the housing.
2. When the housing load increases during ejection, the loading motor is
stopped because of lack of headroom in its drive torque.
Housing load increasing factors: Temperature environment (low tempera-
ture, etc.), mechanism wear or failure.
3. The sensor/switch for detecting the end of ejection are not functioning normally.
4. The loading motor drive voltage is lower than specified or power is not sup-
plied to the motor (MDA).
5. When the user attempted to eject a cassette, a foreign object (or perhaps
the user's hand) was caught in the opening of the housing.
1. The capstan could not start or the capstan rotation has stopped due to too
large a load on the tape, because;
1) The tape tension is abnormally high (mechanical lock);
2) The tape is damaged or a foreign object (grease, etc.) is adhered to the
tape (occurrence of tape entangling, etc.).
2. The capstan FG pulse did not reach the System controller CPU because;
1) The signal circuit is disconnected in the middle;
2) The FG pulse generator (MR device) of the capstans is faulty.
3. The capstan control voltage (CAPSTAN CTL V) is not supplied to the MDA.
4. Power is not supplied to the capstan MDA.
1. The SW 5 V power supply circuit is shorted with GND.
2. The SW 12 V power supply circuit is shorted with GND.
1. The absolute value sensor is defective. (The soldered parts have separated.)
2. The pull-up resistor at the absolute sensor output is defective. (The soldered parts
have separated.)
3. Contact failure or soldering failure of the pins of the connector (board-to-board) to the
absolute value sensor.
4. The absolute value sensor data is not sent to the System Controller CPU.
1. The FG sensor is defective. (The soldered parts have separated.)
2. The pull-up resistor at the FG sensor output is defective. (The soldered parts have
separated.)
3. Contact failure or soldering failure of the pins of the connector (board-to-board) to the FG sensor.
4. The power to the sensor is not supplied. (Connection failure/soldering failure)
5. The FG pulse is not sent to the System Controller CPU.
6. The tilt motor is defective. (The soldered parts have separated.)
7. The drive power to the tilt motor is not supplied. (Connection failure/soldering failure)
8. The tilt motor drive MDA - IC is defective.
9. Auto-recovery of the DD tilting cannot take place due to overrun.
1. The supply reel pulse is not generated in the FWD transport mode (PLAY/
FWD SEARCH/FF, etc.) because;
1) PLAY/FWD or SEARCH/FF is started while the tape in the inserted cas-
sette is cut in the middle;
2) A mechanical factor caused tape slack inside and outside the supply
reel side of the cassette shell. In this case, the supply reel will not rotate
until the tape slack is removed by the FWD transport, so the pulse is not
generated until then;
3) The FG pulse output from the supply reel sensor is absent.
2. The take-up reel pulse is not generated in the REV transport mode (REV
SEARCH/REW, etc.).
1) REV SEARCH/REW is started when the tape in the inserted cassette
has been cut in the middle;
2) A mechanical factor caused tape slack inside and outside the take-up
reel side of the cassette shell. In this case, the supply reel will not rotate
until the tape slack is removed by the REV transport, so the pulse will
not be generated until that time;
3) The FG pulse output from the take-up reel sensor is absent.
3. The power to a reel sensor is not supplied.
1.8.4 EMG detail information <1> * 2 : Mechanism operation mode
The status (electrical operation mode) of the VCR and the sta- [Common table of MN* and M3*]
tus (mechanism operation mode/sensor information) of the Display
Mechanism operation mode
mechanism in the latest EMG can be confirmed based on the MN* M3*
figure in EMG detail information <1> . 00 00 Command standby (Status without executing command)
02 02 POWER OFF by EMG occurrence
04 04 Moving to the adjacent position in the LOAD direction
[FDP/OSD display] 06 06 Moving to the adjacent position in the UNLOAD direction
08 08 Cassette ejection being executed / Cassette housing ejection being
* 1 : * 2 : 34 executed
- 0A Mode transition to STOP with cassette ejection end
*1 : Deck operation mode at the moment of EMG 0A 0C Cassette insertion being executed
*2 : Mechanism operation mode at the moment of EMG 0C 0E Tape being loaded
0E 10 Tape being unloaded
3– : Mechanism sensor information at the moment of EMG
10 12 Mode transition to STOP with pinch roller compression ON
–4 : Mechanism mode position at the moment of EMG 12 14 Mode transition to STOP with pinch roller compression OFF
14 16 Mode transition to STOP with pinch roller compression OFF as a result
Note: of POWER OFF
• For EMG detailed information <1>, the content of the code 16 18 Mode transition to STOP with pinch roller compression ON as a result
of POWER ON
that is shown on the FDP (or OSD) differs depending on 18 1A Mode transition to PLAY
the parts number of the system control microprocessor 1A 1C Mode transition to FWD SEARCH
(IC3001) of the VCR. The system control microprocessor 1C 1E Mode transition to REC
1E 20 Mode transition to FWD STILL / SLOW
parts number starts with two letters, refer these to the cor- 20 22 Mode transition to REV STILL / SLOW
responding table. 22 24 Mode transition to REV SEARCH
24 26 Mode transition from FF / REW to STOP
26 28 Mode transition to FF
* 1 : Deck operation mode 28 2A Mode transition to REW
[Common table of MN*, HD* and M3*] 2A 2C 4 sec. of REV as a result of END sensor going ON during loading
2C 2E Short FF / REV as a result of END sensor going ON during unloading
Display 2E 30 Mechanism position being corrected due to overrun
Deck operation mode 80 80 Mechanism in initial position (Dummy command)
MN*/M3* HD*
00 - Mechanism being initialized
01 00 STOP with pinch roller pressure off (or tape present with P.OFF)
02 01 STOP with pinch roller pressure on [Table of HD*]
03 - POWER OFF as a result of EMG Display Mechanism operation mode
04 04 PLAY
00 STOP with pinch roller pressure off
0C 0E REC
01 STOP with pinch roller pressure on
10 11 Cassette ejected
02 U/L STOP (or tape being loaded)
20 22 FF
04 PLAY
21 - Tape fully loaded, START sensor ON, short FF
05 PLAY (x1-speed playback using JOG)
22 - Cassette identification FWD SEARCH before transition to FF (SP
0E REC
x7-speed)
11 Cassette ejected
24 26 FWD SEARCH (variable speed) including x2-speed
22 FF
2C 2E INSERT REC
26 FWD SEARCH (variable speed) including x2-speed
40 43 REW
2E INSERT REC
42 - Cassette identification REV SEARCH before transition to REW (SP
x7-speed) 43 REW
44 47 REV SEARCH (variable speed) 47 REV SEARCH
4C 4C AUDIO DUB 4C AUDIO DUB
6C 6E INSERT REC (VIDEO + AUDIO) 6E INSERT REC (VIDEO + AUDIO)
84 84 FWD STILL / SLOW 84 FWD STILL/SLOW
85 85 REV STILL / SLOW 85 REV STILL/SLOW
8C 8F REC PAUSE 8F REC PAUSE
8D - Back spacing AF INSERT REC PAUSE
8E - Forward spacing (FWD transport mode with BEST function) C7 REV SEARCH (x1-speed reverse playback using JOG)
AC AF INSERT REC PAUSE CD AUDIO DUB PAUSE
AD - INSERT REC back spacing EF INSERT REC (VIDEO + AUDIO) PAUSE
CC CD AUDIO DUB PAUSE F0 Mechanism being initialized
CD - AUDIO DUB back spacing F1 POWER OFF as a result of EMG
EC EF INSERT REC (VIDEO + AUDIO) PAUSE F2 Cassette being inserted
ED - INSERT REC (VIDEO + AUDIO) back spacing F3 Cassette being ejected
F4 Transition from STOP with pinch roller pressure on to STOP with pinch
roller pressure off
F5 Transition from STOP with pinch roller pressure on to PLAY
F6 Transition from STOP with pinch roller pressure on to REC
F7 Cassette type detection SEARCH before FF/REW is being executed
F8 Tape being unloaded
F9 Transition from STOP with pinch roller pressure off to STOP with pinch
roller pressure on
FA Transition from STOP with pinch roller pressure off to FF/REW
FB Transition from STOP with pinch roller pressure off to REC.P (T.REC,etc.)
FC Transition from STOP with pinch roller pressure off to cassette type de-
tection SEARCH
FD Short REV being executed after END sensor on during unloading
FE Tension loosening being executed after tape loading (STOP with pinch
roller pressure on)

1-9
3– : Mechanism sensor information Note:
[Common table of MN*, HD* and M3*] • EMG detail information <2> is the reference information
Mechanism sensor information stored using the remaining tape detection function of the
Display MN* / HD* M3* REC safety Start End cassette tape. As a result, it may not identify cassette cor-
S-VHS SW CASS SW SW sensor sensor rectly when a special cassette tape is used or when the
0- VHS Cassette insertion Tab broken ON ON tape has variable thickness.
1- VHS Cassette insertion Tab broken ON OFF
2- VHS Cassette insertion Tab broken OFF ON * 5 : Cassette tape type <1>
3- VHS Cassette insertion Tab broken OFF OFF
4- VHS Cassette insertion Tab present ON ON Display Cassette tape type <1>
5- VHS Cassette insertion Tab present ON OFF 00 Cassette type not identified
6- VHS Cassette insertion Tab present OFF ON 16 Large reel/small reel (T-0 to T-15/T-130 to T-210) not classified
7- VHS Cassette insertion Tab present OFF OFF 82 Small reel, thick tape (T-120) identified/thin tape (T-140) identified
8- S-VHS Cassette ejection Tab broken ON ON 84 Large reel (T-0 to T-60) identified
9- S-VHS Cassette ejection Tab broken ON OFF 92 Small reel, thick tape (T-130) identified/thin tape (T-160 to T-210) identified
A- S-VHS Cassette ejection Tab broken OFF ON 93 Small reel, thick tape/C cassette (T-0 to T-100/C cassette) not classified
B- S-VHS Cassette ejection Tab broken OFF OFF C3 Small reel, thick tape/C cassette (T-0 to T-100/C cassette) being classified
C- S-VHS Cassette ejection Tab present ON ON D3 Small reel, thick tape/C cassette (T-0 to T-100/C cassette) being classified
D- S-VHS Cassette ejection Tab present ON OFF E1 C cassette, thick tape (TC-10 to TC-20) identified
E- S-VHS Cassette ejection Tab present OFF ON E2 Small reel, thick tape (T-0 to T-100) identified
F- S-VHS Cassette ejection Tab present OFF OFF E9 C cassette, thin tape (TC-30 to TC-40) identified
F1 C cassette, thick tape/thin tape (TC-10 to TC-40) not classified
–4 : Mechanism mode position
[Common table of MN*, HD* and M3*] Notes:
• Cassette tape type <1> is identified a few times during mode
Display Mechanism mode position
MN* HD* M3*
transition and the identification count is variable depending on
the cassette tape type. If an EMG occurs in the middle of identi-
-0 -7 - Initial value
-1 -0 - EJECT position fication, the cassette tape type may not be able to be identified.
- - -0 EJECT position (Cassette housing drive mode) • If other value than those listed in the above table is displayed,
-2 -7 - Housing operating the cassette tape type is not identified.
- - -1 Between EJECT and U / L STOP
-3 -1 -2 U / L STOP position
- - -3 Guide arm drive position * 6 : Cassette tape winding position
-4 -7 -4 Tape being loaded / unloaded (When the pole base is The cassette tape winding position at the moment of EMG is
located on the front side of the position just beside the
drum) displayed by dividing the entire tape (from the beginning to the
-5 -2 -5 Tape being loaded / unloaded (When the pole base is end) in 22 sections using a hex number from “00” to “15”.
located on the rear side of the position just beside the
drum) “00” : End of winding
-6 -7 -6 Pole base compressed position “15” : Beginning of winding
-7 -3 -F FF / REW position
-8 -7 -F Between FF / REW and STOP with pinch roller compres-
“FF or – – ” : Tape position not identified
sion ON
-9 -4 -F STOP with pinch roller compression OFF * 7 : Cassette tape type <2> (Winding area)
-A -7 -E Between STOP with pinch roller compression OFF and
REV Display Cassette tape type <2>
-B -5 - REV (REV STILL / SLOW) position
00 Cassette type not identified
- - -D REV position
- - -C Between REV and REV STILL / SLOW 07 Small reel, thick tape T-5
- - -B REV STILL / SLOW position 08 - 0E C cassette, thick tape TC-10
-C -7 - Between REV and FWD 09 - 15 C cassette, thick tape TC-20P
- - -A Between REV STILL / SLOW and FWD STILL / SLOW 0A - 0B Small reel, thick tape T-20
-D -6 - FWD (FWD STILL / SLOW) position 0A - 16 C cassette, thin tape TC-30
- - -9 FWD STILL / SLOW position 0A - 16 C cassette, thin tape TC-40
-E -7 - Between FWD and PLAY 0D - 0F Small reel, thick tape T-40
- - -8 Between FWD STILL / SLOW and PLAY 11 - 14 Small reel, thick tape T-60
-F -6 -7 PLAY position 15 - 18 Small reel, thick tape T-80 / DF-160
17 - 1A Small reel, thick tape T-90 / DF-180
19 - 1D Small reel, thick tape T-100
1D - 21 Small reel, thick tape T-120 / DF-240
Note: 1E - 1F Small reel, thin tape T-140
• In the case of the "HD*” microprocessor, as the display is 1F - 23 Small reel, thick tape T-130
always "-7” at any intermediate position between modes, 21 - 23 Small reel, thin tape T-160
21 - 23 Small reel, thin tape T-168
the position of transitory EMG may sometimes not be lo- 22 - 24 Small reel, thick tape DF-300
cated. 22 - 24 Small reel, thin tape T-180 / DF-360
22 - 24 Small reel, thin tape T-210 / DF-420
22 - 23 Large reel T-5
23 - 24 Large reel T-10
1.8.5 EMG detail information <2> 25 - 26 Large reel T-20
27 - 29 Large reel T-30
The type of the cassette tape and the cassette tape winding po- 29 - 2B Large reel T-40
sition can be confirmed based on the figure in EMG detail infor- 2D - 2F Large reel T-60
mation <2> .
Note:
[FDP/OSD display] • The values of cassette tape type <2> in the above table
*5 : *6 : *7 are typical values with representative cassette tapes.
*5 : Type of the cassette tape in use <1>
*6 : Winding position of the cassette tape in use
*7 : Type of the cassette tape in use <2> (Winding area)

1-10
 SECTION 2
MECHANISM ADJUSTMENT

2.1 Before starting repair and adjustment

2.1.1 Precautions
(1) Unplug the power cord plug of the VCR before using your
Loading motor
soldering iron.
(2) Take care not to cause any damage to the conductor
wires when plugging and unplugging the connectors.
(3) Do not randomly handle the parts without identifying
where the trouble is.
(4) Exercise enough care not to damage the lugs, etc. dur-
ing the repair work.
(5) When reattaching the front panel assembly, make sure
that the door opener of the cassette holder assembly is
lowered in position prior to the reinstallation. (See SEC-
TION 1 DISASSEMBLY.)
(6) When using the Jig RCU, it is required to set the VCR to
the Jig RCU mode (the mode in which codes from the
Jig RCU can be received). (See SECTION 1 DISASSEM-
BLY.)

2.1.2 Checking for proper mechanical operations

Pole base assembly
Enter the mechanism service mode when you want to oper-
ate the mechanism when no cassette is loaded. (See SEC-
TION 1 DISASSEMBLY.)
Fig. 2-1-3a
2.1.3 Manually removing the cassette tape
1. In case of electrical failures
If you cannot remove the cassette tape which is loaded be-
cause of any electrical failure, manually remove it by taking
the following steps.
(1) Unplug the power cord plug from the power outlet.
(2) Refer to the disassembly procedure and perform the dis-
assembly of the major parts before removing the drum
assembly.
(C)
(3) Unload the pole base assembly by manually turning the
loading motor of the mechanism assembly toward the (A)
front. In doing so, hold the tape by the hand to keep the
(B)
slack away from any grease. (See Fig.2-1-3a.)
(4) Bring the pole base assembly to a pause when it reaches Press
the position where it is hidden behind the cassette tape.
(5) Move the top guide toward the drum while holding down
the lug (A) of the bracket retaining the top guide. Like-
wise hold part (B) down and remove the top guide.
Section (C) of the top guide is then brought under the
cassette lid. Then remove the top guide by pressing the
whole cassette tape down. (See Fig.2-1-3b.)
(6) Remove the cassette tape by holding both the slackened
tape and the cassette lid.
(7) Take up the slack of the tape into the cassette. This com-
pletes removal of the cassette tape.
Note:
• For the disassembly procedure of the major parts and Fig. 2-1-3b
details of the precautions to be taken, see “SECTION
1 DISASSEMBLY”.

2-1
2. In case of mechanical failure 2.1.4 Jigs and tools required for adjustment
If you cannot remove the cassette tape which is loaded be- Roller driver A/C head positioning tool Torque gauge
cause of any mechanical failure, manually remove it by tak- PTU94002 PTU94010 PUJ48075-2

ing the following steps.

(1) Unplug the power cable and remove the top cover, front
panel assembly and others so that the mechanism as-
sembly is visible. (See SECTION 1 DASASSEMBLY.)
(2) While keeping the tension arm assembly of the mecha-
nism assembly free from tension, pull the tape on the pole Back tension cassette gauge Jig RCU
PUJ48076-2 PTU94023B
base assembly (supply or take-up side) out of the guide
roller. (See Fig.2-1-3c.)
(3) Take the spring of the pinch roller arm assembly off the
hook of the press lever assembly, and detach it from the
tape. (See Fig.2-1-3d.)
(4) In the same way as in the electrical failure instructions in
2.1.3-1(5), remove the top guide. Alignment tape Alignment tape
(5) Raise the cassette tape cover. By keeping it in that posi- (SP, stairstep, NTSC)
MHP
(EP, stairstep, NTSC)
MHP-L
tion, draw out the cassette tape case from the cassette
holder and take out the tape.
(6) By hanging the pinch roller arm assembly spring back
on the hook, take up the slack of the tape into the cas-
sette.

Pole base assembly (take-up side)

Pole base assembly

(supply side)

Tension arm assembly

Fig. 2-1-3c

Take the spring

off the hook, and
detach it from the
tape.

Pinch roller arm assembly

Guide pole guard Press lever assembly

Fig. 2-1-3d

2-2
2.1.5 Maintenance and inspection
1. Location of major mechanical parts
In this chapter, the two mechanism speeds are described by comparing the speeds of the standard type and the high-speed
FF/REW type.
It is possible to distinguish between these two types of mechanism by the diameters of their capstan pulleys.
The capstan pulley diameter for the standard type is approx. 32 mm.
The capstan pulley diameter for the high-speed FF/REW type is approx. 43 mm.
For information on the different parts used in the two mechanism types, please refer to the “Replacement of major parts”.

T1 UV catcher2 (supply and take-up side) T6 A/C head

T5 Head base T7 Loading motor
T3 Drum assembly
T2 Stator assembly

T8 Guide pole guard

T26 Full erase head T9 Pinch roller arm

assembly

T10 Lid guide

T11 Press lever

T25 Pole base assembly assembly
(supply side)
T12 Guide arm
assembly

T24 Tension arm

assembly
T13 Reel disk
(take-up side)
T23 Adjust pin
T14 Sub brake assembly
(take-up side)

T22 Tension brake

assembly

T15 Main brake assembly

Reel disk (take-up side)
T20 (supply side)
T18 Idler lever T16 Idler arm assembly
T21 Rec safety lever T19 Main brake assembly T17 Pole base assembly (take-up side)
(supply side)

Fig. 2-1-5a Mechanism assembly top side

B1 Capstan motor B3 Capstan brake assembly B5 Loading arm gear (supply side)

B2 Belt (capstan) B4 Loading arm gear (take-up side)

B6 Plate
(supply side)

B22 Belt
(loading motor)

B7 Control
bracket1
B21 Worm gear

B20 Control cam

B8 Control plate

B19 Brake lever B9 Tension arm

bearing

B18 Cassette gear

B17 Link lever

B15 Rotary encoder B13 Direct gear B10 Take-up head B11 Take-up lever

B16 Rotary encoder guide B14 Change lever assembly B12 Clutch unit

Fig. 2-1-5b Mechanism assembly bottom side

2-3
 4. Suggested servicing schedule for main components
The following table indicates the suggested period for such
L1 Guide rail L2 Roller cam assembly
service measures as cleaning,lubrication and replacement.
In practice, the indicated periods will vary widely according
to environmental and usage conditions.However, the indi-
cated components should be inspected when a set is brought
for service and the maintenance work performed if neces-
sary. Also note that rubber parts may deform in time,even if
the set is not used.
Fig. 2-1-5c Mechanism assembly left side
Operation Hours
System Parts Name
~1000H ~2000H
R1 Opener guide
Upper drum assembly ¤R R
A/C head ¤R ¤R

Tape transport
R2 Door
Lower drum assembly ¤ ¤R
opener
Pinch roller arm assembly ¤ ¤
R3 Drive gear R5 Limit gear Loading motor
Full erase head ¤ ¤
R4 Cassette housing bracket Worm gear
Tension arm assembly ¤ ¤
Belt (loading motor)
Capstan motor (Shaft) ¤ ¤
Guide arm assembly ¤ ¤
Fig. 2-1-5d Mechanism assembly right side
Capstan motor R
Capstan brake assembly R
2. Cleaning
Regular cleaning of the transport system parts is desirable Main brake assembly R
but practically impossible. So make it a rule to carry out clean- Belt (Capstan) R R
Drive

ing of the tape transport system whenever the machine is Belt (Loading motor) R
serviced.
When the video head, tape guide and/or brush get soiled,
Loading motor R
the playback picture may appear inferior or at worst disap- Clutch unit R
pear, resulting in possible tape damage. Worm gear R
(1) When cleaning the upper drum (especially the video Control plate R
head), soak a piece of closely woven cloth or Kimu-wipe Brush ¤R ¤R
with alcohol and while holding the cloth onto the upper
Other

drum by the fingers, turn the upper drum Tension brake assembly R R
counterclockwise. Rotary encoder R
Note:
• Absolutely avoid sweeping the upper drum vertically ¤: Cleaning

as this will cause damage to the video head. R: Inspection or replacement if necessary

(2) To clean the parts of the tape transport system other than
the upper drum, use a piece of closely woven cloth or a
cotton swab soaked with alcohol.
(3) After cleaning, make sure that the cleaned parts are com-
pletely dry before using the video tape.
3. Lubrication
With no need for periodical lubrication, you have only to lu-
bricate new parts after replacement. If any oil or grease on
contact parts is soiled, wipe it off and newly lubricate the
parts.
Note:
• See the “mechanism assembly” diagram of the parts
list for the lubricating or greasing spots, and for the
types of oil or grease to be used.
Table 2-1-5a
5. Disassembling procedure table
The following table indicates the order in which parts are re-
moved for replacement. To replace parts, remove them in
the order of 1 to 18 as shown in the table. To install them,
reverse the removal sequence.
The symbols and numbers preceding the individual part
names represent the numbers in the “Location of major me-
chanical parts” table. Also, the “T”, “B”, and “T/B” on the right
of each part name shows that the particular part is removed
from the front, from the back, and from both sides of the
mechanism, respectively.

2-4
 Symbols and numbers L1 L2 R4 R1 R3 T9 T12 T11 T1 B15 B12 B14 B13 B17 B21 B7 B8 B5 B4 B11 T14 T15 T13 T22 T24 T18 B19

Main brake assembly (take-up side)

Sub brake assembly (take-up side)
Front (T)/Back (B) of mechanism
Removal parts

Loading arm gear (take-up side)

Loading arm gear (supply side)
Cassette holder assembly

Pinch roller arm assembly

Cassette housing bracket
Number of removal steps

Tension brake assembly

Reel disk (take-up side)
Change lever assembly

Tension arm assembly

Symbols and numbers

Press lever assembly

Roller cam assembly

Guide arm assembly

Control bracket1

Brake lever (*1)

Rotary encoder

Coupling gear

Take-up lever
Opener guide

Control plate
UV catcher2

Worm gear
Direct gear
Relay gear

Clutch unit
Drive gear

Idler lever
Drive arm
Guide rail

Link lever
(Reference items)
Replacement parts
L1 2.2.3 Guide rail T 1
L2 2.2.3 Roller cam assembly T 1
R4 2.2.3 Cassette housing bracket T 1
R1 2.2.3 Opener guide T 2 1
R2 2.2.3 Door opener T 3 1 2
2.2.3 Relay gear T 3 1 2
R5 2.2.3 Limit gear T 3 1 2
2.2.3 Cassette holder assembly T 6 1 2 3 4 5
R3 2.2.3 Drive gear T 4 1 2 3
2.2.3 Drive arm T 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
T9 2.2.4 Pinch roller arm assembly T 1
T12 2.2.5 Guide arm assembly T 1
T11 2.2.5 Press lever assembly T 3 1 2
T6 2.2.6 A/C head T 1
T7 2.2.7 Loading motor T 1
B1 2.2.8 Capstan motor T/B 1
T1 2.2.9 UV catcher2 T 1
T17 2.2.9 Pole base assembly (take-up side) T/B 2 1
T25 2.2.9 Pole base assembly (supply side) T/B 2 1
B15 2.2.10 Rotary encoder B 1
B12 2.2.11 Clutch unit B 1
B14 2.2.12 Change lever assembly B 3 1 2
B13 2.2.12 Direct gear B 4 1 2 3
2.2.12 Coupling gear B 5 1 2 3 4
2.2.12 Clutch gear B 6 1 2 3 4 5
B17 2.2.13 Link lever B 1
B18 2.2.14 Cassette gear B 2 1
B20 2.2.14 Control cam B 2 1
B21 2.2.14 Worm gear B 1
T10 - Lid guide T/B 5 1 2 3 4
B7 2.2.15Control bracket1 B 1
B8 2.2.15Control plate B 6 1 2 3 4 5
B5 2.2.16Loading arm gear (supply side) B 7 1 2 3 4 5 6
B4 2.2.16Loading arm gear (take-up side) B 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2.2.16Loading arm gear shaft B 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
B11 2.2.17Take-up lever T/B 7 1 2 3 4 5 6
B10 2.2.17Take-up head T/B 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2.2.17Control plate guide T/B 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
B3 2.2.18Capstan brake assembly T/B 7 1 2 3 4 5 6
T14 2.2.19Sub brake assembly(take-up side) T/B 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
T15 2.2.20Main brake assembly(take-up side) T/B 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
T19 2.2.20Main brake assembly(supply side) T/B 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
T13 2.2.20Reel disk (take-up side) T/B 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
T22 2.2.21Tension brake assembly T/B 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
T20 2.2.21Reel disk (supply side) T/B 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
T24 2.2.21Tension arm assembly T/B 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
B9 2.2.21Tension arm bearing T/B 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
T18 2.2.22Idler lever T/B 17 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
T16 2.2.22Idler arm assembly T/B 18 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
B19 - Brake lever (*1) T/B 18 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
B16 - Rotary encoder guide T/B 19 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

Table 2-1-5b
Note:
• The parts with marked ( ) have different types of mecha-
nisms (standard type or high-speed FF/REW type). *
1 : Uses the standard type mechanism only.
*
2 : Uses the high-speed FF/REW type mechanism only.
*
2-5
2.2 Replacement of major parts 2.2.3 Cassette holder assembly
2.2.1 Before starting disassembling (Phase matching 1. How to remove
between mechanical parts) (1) Remove the guide rail and roller cam assembly. (See
Fig.2-2-3a.)
The mechanism of this unit is closely linked with the rotary
(3 lugs on the guide rail and one lug on the roller cam
encoder and system controller circuits.
assembly)
Since the system controller detects the status of mechani-
cal operation in response to phases of the rotary encoder
Guide rail
(internal switch positions), the mechanism may not operate
properly unless such parts as the rotary encoder, control Roller cam
Lugs
plate, loading arm gear, control cam, cassette gear, limit gear, assembly Lug

relay gear and drive gear are installed in their correct posi-
tions. Lug
Especially, this model is not provided with any cassette hous-
ing assembly, so that cassette loading and unloading must
be accomplished by operation of the cassette holder assem-
bly. The latter is in turn driven by such parts as the drive
gear, relay gear and limit gear. Exercise enough care, there-
fore, to have the phases of all this gear matching one an-
other. (For information on phase matching of the mechanism,
see the instructions on how to install individual parts.)
This unit is provided with a mechanism assembly mode. It is Fig. 2-2-3a
therefore necessary to enter this mode for assembling and (2) Remove the two slit washers and remove the cassette
disassembling procedures. housing bracket. (See Fig.2-2-3b.)
This mode is usually not in use, manually set it when it is (3) Remove the opener guide, spring(A), door opener, relay
required. gear and limit gear. (See Fig.2-2-3b.)

2.2.2 How to set the “Mechanism assembling mode”

Remove the mechanism assembly and place it bottom side
up. (See SECTION 1 DISASSEMBLY.) Turn the worm gear
toward the front so that the guide hole of the control cam is
brought into alignment with the hole at the mechanism as-
sembly chassis. This position renders the mechanism assem- Limit gear
bling mode operational. Make sure that the control plate is
located in alignment with the mark E. (See Fig.2-2-2a.)
Spring(A)

Opener guide
Chassis hole Relay gear
Worm gear

Door opener Slit washers

Cassette housing bracket

Guide hole

Fig. 2-2-3b
Control cam (4) While swinging the lock levers (R) and (L) of the cassette
holder assembly toward the front, slide the cassette
holder assembly until its legs come to where the guide
rail and the roller cam assembly have been removed (so
that the drive arm is upright). (See Fig.2-2-3c.)

Drive arm
Lock lever (L) (Upright)

Cassette holder assembly

Mark E

Control plate
Leg Legs

Fig. 2-2-2a Fig. 2-2-3c

2-6
(5) While holding the left side of the cassette holder, lift the
cassette holder assembly so that the three legs on the
left side are all released. Then pull the legs (A) and (B)
on the right side out of the rail and also pull up the leg(C).
(See Fig.2-2-3d and Fig.2-2-3e.)
(6) Draw out the drive gear, and remove the drive arm.
Cassette holder assembly
Fig. 2-2-3d
Cassette holder assembly
(A)
2. How to install (Phase matching)
(1) Insert the section (A) of the drive arm into the section (B)
of the main deck.
(2) Insert the section (1) of the drive gear into the round hole,
and the section (2) into the square hole on the drive arm.
(See Fig.2-2-3f.)
(3) Hold the drive arm upright and fit the leg (C) on the right
side of the cassette holder assembly into the groove. (See
Fig.2-2-3g.)
(4) While swinging the lock lever (R) of the cassette holder
assembly toward the front, put the legs (A) and (B) into
the rail. (See Fig.2-2-3g.)
(5) Drop the three legs on the left side of the cassette holder
assembly into the groove at one time. (See Fig.2-2-3h.)
(6) Slide the whole cassette holder assembly toward the front
to bring it to the eject end position.
(7) Install the limit gear so that the notch on the outer cir-
cumference of the limit gear is brought into alignment with
the guide hole on the main deck. (See Fig.2-2-3i.)
(8) Install so that the notch on the periphery of the relay gear
is aligned with the notch of the main deck and that hole
A of the relay gear is aligned with the hole A of the limit
gear and that hole B of the relay gear is aligned with the
hole B of the drive gear. (See Fig.2-2-3i.)
(9) Install the door opener, opener guide, spring(A) and cas-
sette housing bracket and fasten the two slit washers.
Cassette holder assembly

Lock lever (R)

(A)

(C) (B)

Fig. 2-2-3e

(C) (B)
Drive arm Drive arm

Fig. 2-2-3g
Main deck right side

Cassette holder assembly

Hole

Hole

Drive gear

(1)
(2)
Drive arm

(A)

Fig. 2-2-3h
(B)

Fig. 2-2-3f

2-7
 2.2.6 A/C head
Notches Guide hole Notch
Relay gear
1. How to remove
(1) Remove the two screws (A) and remove the A/C head
together with the head base.
(2) When replacing only the A/C head, remove the three
screws (B) while controlling the compression spring.
B
Head base

B Screws(A)

A A
Drive gear Limit gear

A/C head
Fig. 2-2-3i
Fig. 2-2-6a
2.2.4 Pinch roller arm assembly
1. How to remove Screws(B)
(1) Remove the spring from the hook of the press lever as-
sembly.
(2) Remove the slit washer and remove the pinch roller seat
A/C head
2. (See Fig.2-2-4a.)
(3) Remove the pinch roller arm assembly by pulling it up.

Slit washer Compression

springs
A/C head board
Pinch roller seat2 assembly

Spring Head base

Pinch roller arm

assembly
Press lever assembly
Fig. 2-2-6b
Pinch roller arm assembly 2. How to install
(1) To make the post-installation adjustment easier, set the
Fig. 2-2-4a temporary level as indicated in Fig.2-2-6c. Also make sure
that the screw center (centre) is brought into alignment
2.2.5 Guide arm assembly and press lever assembly with the center (centre) position of the slot.
1. How to remove Head base
(1) Remove the spring and expand the lug of the lid guide in A/C head
Screw
the arrow-indicated direction. Then remove the guide arm
assembly by pulling it up.
(2) Remove the press lever assembly by pulling it up. (See
Fig.2-2-5a.)
12.4 mm

Head base A/C head

Fig. 2-2-6c

2.2.7 Loading motor

Press lever
assembly 1. How to remove
(1) Remove the belt wound around the worm gear.
Tension (2) Open the two lugs of the motor guide and remove the
spring
Guide arm loading motor, loading motor board assembly and motor
assembly
guide altogether by pulling them up.
(3) When replacing the loading motor board assembly, take
care with the orientation of the loading motor. (Install so
Lid guide Lug that the loading motor label faces upward.)
(4) When the motor pulley has been replaced, choose the
Fig. 2-2-5a fitting dimension as indicated in Fig.2-2-7a.

2-8
 2. How to install (Centering the mounting position)
Loading motor board assembly
When the capstan motor has once been removed and then
Loading motor reinstalled out of the initial correct position in the rotational
Lugs
direction, the capstan motor current may be unstable during
Motor guide
operation in high or low temperatures. This may result in
greater Wow & Flutter and occasionally in power breakdown
because of current over - load. Install the capstan motor while
6.5 ± 0.2 mm
following the procedure given below.

LABEL
(The capstan motor is centrally located when the unit is
shipped from the factory.)
Motor pulley

Worm gear (1) Provisionally tighten the three screws (A) securing the
Belt capstan motor.
(2) Install the mechanism assembly to which the capstan
motor is provisionally fastened on the bottom chassis
which incorporates the Main board assembly. (No need
Fig. 2-2-7a to tighten the screws for mounting the mechanism.)
Make sure that all the connectors for the mechanism as-
2.2.8 Capstan motor sembly and the Main board assembly are correctly in-
stalled as indicated in Fig. 2-2-8b.
1. How to remove
(3) Making sure that the connector for the capstan motor is
(1) Remove the belt (capstan) on the mechanism assembly
correctly mounted, and securely tighten the three screws
back side.
(A).
(2) Remove the three screws (A) and remove the capstan
motor. Note:
• When the capstan motor has been replaced with a new
Screws(A) one, perform recording in the EP(or LP) mode for at
Screw(A)
least 2 minutes at normal temperatures immediately be-
fore starting the FF/REW or SEARCH operations (Ag-
ing).
Capstan motor
2.2.9 Pole base assembly (supply or take-up side)
1. How to remove
(1) Remove the UV catcher 2 on the removal side by loos-
ening the screw (A).
Belt (2) Remove the pole base assembly on the supply side from
the mechanism assembly by loosening the screw (B) on
the mechanism assembly back side and sliding the pole
Fig. 2-2-8a base assembly toward the UV catcher 2.
(3) As for the pole base assembly on the take-up side, turn
the pulley of the loading motor to lower the cassette
holder because the screw (B) is hidden under the con-
trol plate. (See the “Procedures for Lowering the Cassette
holder assembly” of 1.3 DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
METHOD.) Further turn the motor pulley to move the cas-
sette holder until the screw (B) is no longer under the con-
trol plate (in the half-loading position). Then remove it as
Spacer
Spacer done for the supply side by removing the screw (B).
Note:
• After reinstalling the Pole base assembly and the UV
catcher2, be sure to perform compatibility adjustment.

Screw(A)

Screw(A)
UV catcher2

UV catcher2
Connector for
the capstan motor

Fig. 2-2-8b

Screw(B)

Fig. 2-2-9a

2-9
2.2.10 Rotary encoder 2.2.12 Change lever assembly, direct gear, clutch gear
1. How to remove and coupling gear
(1) Remove the screw (A) and remove the rotary encoder 1. How to remove
by pulling it up. (See Fig. 2-2-10a.) (1) Release the two lugs of the rotary encoder guide in the
arrow-indicated direction and remove the change lever
Rotary encoder (Front side) assembly.
Screw(A) Guide marks (2) Remove the slit washer retaining the direct gear and re-
move the latter.
Take care so as not to lose the washer and spring. (See
Fig.2-2-12a.)

Change lever Slit washer

assembly
Rotary encoder (Back side)
Positioning pin of the rotary encoder
Washer ( 1)
*
Coupling gear
Fig. 2-2-10a Spacer

Direct gear
Spring(A)
Position the projecting Spring (C)
side down.
Clutch gear
Spring(B)

Spacer

Mark E

Lugs
Shaft of the rotary encoder guide Control plate
Note:
• The parts with marked ( ) have different types of mechanisms (standard type or high-
speed FF/REW type). *
Fig. 2-2-10b 1 : Uses the standard type mechanism only.
* 2 : Uses the high-speed FF/REW type mechanism only.
2. How to install (Phase matching) *
(1) Make sure that the mark E of the control plate is in align-
Fig. 2-2-12a
ment with the mark of the loading arm gear shaft and
bring the guide marks on the rotary encoder into align-
ment as indicated in Fig.2-2-10a. (See Fig. 2-2-10a and 2. How to install
Fig. 2-2-10b.) (1) Install the clutch gear, spring (A), spring (C), direct gear,
(2) Turn over the rotary encoder with its guide marks kept in spacer and others to the individual shafts of the main
alignment and install it by fitting on the shaft of the rotary deck, and finally the slit washer. (See Fig.2-2-12a.)
encoder guide and the positioning pin. (2) Let the spring (B) drops into the rotary encoder guide hole
(3) Tighten the screw (A) to complete the installation. and install the change lever assembly.(Take care not to
mistake a direction of the spring.) The point is to slightly
2.2.11 Clutch unit lift the coupling gear and catch it from the both sides with
the assembly. (See Fig.2-2-12b.)
(1) Remove the belt wound around the capstan motor and
the clutch unit. Rotary encoder guide
Change lever assembly
(2) Remove the slit washer and remove the clutch unit. Spring(B)
Coupling gear

Belt

Main deck Main deck

Slit washer
Clutch unit
Fig. 2-2-12b

Fig. 2-2-11a

2-10
2.2.13 Link lever 2.2.14 Cassette gear, control cam and worm gear
1. How to remove 1. How to remove
(1) Remove the two slit washers. (1) Remove the control cam by lifting it.
(2) Remove the link lever by lifting it from the shaft re- (2) Open the two lugs of the cassette gear outward and pull
tained by the slit washers. Then swing the link lever the latter off.
counterclockwise and remove it from the locking sec- (3) Remove the belt wound around the worm gear and the
tion of the control plate. loading motor.
(4) Open the lug of the lid guide outward and remove the
Slit washers
worm gear.

Worm gear Lid guide

Loading motor

Link lever

Belt

Locking section of the

control plate

Fig. 2-2-13a
Lug
2. How to install (Phase matching)
(1) Slide the control plate so that its mark E is aligned with
the mark on the loading arm gear shaft. (See Fig.2-2-
13b.)
(2) Rotate the worm gear until the guide hole of the control
cam is aligned exactly with the guide hole of the main
deck. (See Fig.2-2-13c.) Lugs Control cam
(3) Insert the link lever into the locking section of the control Cassette gear
plate. (See Fig.2-2-13a.)
(4) Rotate the link lever clockwise so that it is installed on Fig. 2-2-14a
the shafts in the center (centre) and on the left of the con-
trol cam.
2.2.15 Control plate
(5) Fasten the slit washers at these two points.
1. How to remove
(1) Remove the screw (A) retaining the control bracket 1 and
remove the latter.
(2) Slide the control plate as indicated by the arrow and re-
move the control plate. (See Fig.2-2-15a.)

Screw(A)

Mark E Control
bracket1

Shaft of the rotary encoder guide Control plate

Control
Fig. 2-2-13b plate

Fig. 2-2-15a
Worm gear

2. How to install (Phase matching)

(1) Adjust the position of the idler arm assembly pin as indi-
cated in Fig.2-2-15b (to the left of center (centre) of the
Main deck R section).
guide hole
(2) Bring the guide hole of the take-up lever into alignment
with the hole at the control plate guide and fix the posi-
Control cam tion by inserting a 1.5 mm hexagonal wrench.
guide hole

Cassette gear Control cam

Fig. 2-2-13c

2-11
(3) Install the control plate so that the section A of the load-
ing arm gear shaft fits into the hole (A) of the control plate,
the section B of the control plate guide into the hole (B),
and the control plate comes under the section C of the
rotary encoder guide and the section D of the loading arm
gear shaft while press-fit the pole base assmebly (sup-
ply side) as indicated by the arrow. It is important that
the tension arm assembly shaft is positioned closer to-
ward you than the control plate. (See Fig.2-2-15c.)
(4) Make sure that the mark E of the control plate is in align-
ment with the mark of the loading arm gear shaft. (See
Fig.2-2-15c.)
(5) Pull off the hexagonal wrench for positioning.
(3) Turn the loading arm gear (take-up side) clockwise so
that the notch of the loading arm gear (take-up side) is
in alignment with the projection of the loading arm gear
shaft and lift it.
Likewise, turn the loading arm counterclockwise so that
the notch is in alignment with the projection and remove
the loading arm gear (take-up side). (See Fig.2-2-16a and
Fig. 2-2-16b.)
(4) When removing the loading arm gear shaft, be sure of
first removing the screw retaining the drum assembly (on
the back side of the loading arm gear shaft). Then re-
move the screw (C) and remove the loading arm gear
shaft by sliding it.

Pole base assembly Pole base assembly

(take-up side) (supply side)
Idler arm assembly Take-up lever
Guide marks
pin

R section

Notch
Insert Screw(B)

Screw(A)
Guide hole of the
control plate guide

1.5mm hexagonal wrench

Torsion arm
Screw(C)
Loading arm gear Loading arm gear
(take-up side) (supply side) Loading arm gear shaft
Fig. 2-2-15b
Fig. 2-2-16a

Section A Projection A Loading arm gear shaft

Section D
Section D Hole A

Press-
fit Pole base assembly Projection B
(supply side)

Section A
Loading arm gear (take-up side)
Hole A

Fig. 2-2-16b

2. How to install
Section C Hole B Tension arm assembly
(1) Align the notch of the loading arm gear (take-up side) to
shaft the projection B of the loading arm gear shaft and slip it
Section B
Section C Section B
over. Then rotate it clockwise for alignment with the pro-
Control plate
Hole B jection A and slip it down to the bottom. (See Fig.2-2-
16b.)
(2) Then turn the loading arm gear (take-up side)
counterclockwise. Hang the torsion arm on the pole base
assembly (take-up side) and tighten the screw (B).
Fig. 2-2-15c
(3) Install the loading arm gear (supply side) so that the guide
mark of the loading arm gear (take-up side) is in align-
2.2.16 Loading arm gear (supply or take-up side) and ment with the guide mark of the loading arm gear (sup-
loading arm gear shaft ply side). Then hang the torsion arm on the pole base
1. How to remove assembly (supply side) and tighten the screw (A). (See
(1) Remove the loading arm gear (supply side) by loosen- Fig.2-2-16a.)
ing the screw (A). (See Fig. 2-2-16a.)
(2) Remove the screw (B) and remove the torsion arm from
the pole base assembly (take-up side). (See Fig.2-2-16a.)

2-12
2.2.17 Take-up lever, take-up head and control plate
guide
(1) Remove the spring of the take-up lever from the main
deck. Spring
(2) Remove the lug (A) of the take-up lever from the main Sub brake
Lug(A) assembly
deck and pull out the take-up lever and the take-up head (take-up side)
together.
(3) Remove the screw (A). Lug(B)

(4) Align the idler arm assembly pin in the center (centre) of
the R section of the control plate guide, remove the con- Lug(C)
trol plate guide lugs (B) and (C) from the main deck, and
remove the control plate guide.
Fig. 2-2-19a
Idler arm assembly pin Take-up lever

Lug(C) 2.2.20 Main brake assembly (take-up side), reel disk

(take-up side) and main brake assembly (supply
side)
1. How to remove
Screw(A) (1) Move the main brake assembly (take-up side) in the ar-
row-indicated direction and remove the reel disk (take-
Take-up head
up side).
(2) Remove the spring attached to the main brake assembly.
Lug(A)
(3) Remove the lug (A) of the main brake assembly (take-
Lug(B)
up side) and pull out the lug (B) after bringing it into align-
ment with the main deck notch.
Control plate guide (4) Remove the lugs (C), (D) and (E) of the main brake as-
sembly (supply side) from the main deck and pull them
Fig. 2-2-17a off. (See Fig.2-2-20a.)
(5) When installing the main brake assembly (take-up side),
slide the brake lever in the direction as indicated by the
2.2.18 Capstan brake assembly
arrow to prevent it from hitting the projection of the main
1. How to remove brake assembly (take-up side). (See Fig.2-2-20b.)
(1) Move the lug (A) of the capstan brake assembly in the
arrow-indicated direction so that it comes into alignment Main brake assembly Reel disk Main brake assembly
with the notch of the main deck. (See Fig. 2-2-18a.) (supply side) (take-up side) (take-up side)
(2) Remove the lug (B) of the capstan brake assembly from
the main deck and remove the capstan brake assembly.

Lug(B)

Lug(A) Lug(B)
Notch
Lug(C) Lug(E) Spring

Lug(D) Lug(A)

Capstan brake assembly

Fig. 2-2-20a
Fig. 2-2-18a

Rotary encoder guide

( 1)
2.2.19 Sub brake assembly (take-up side) *
Brake
lever
1. How to remove Projection of the main
(1) Remove the spring attached to the lid guide and sub brake assembly
(take-up side)
brake assembly (take-up side).
(2) Bring the lug (A) of the sub brake assembly (take-up side)
into alignment with the notch of the main deck. Note:
(3) Remove the lugs (B) and (C) of the sub brake assembly • The parts with marked ( ) have different types of mechanisms (standard type
or high-speed FF/REW type). *
(take-up side) from the main deck and remove the sub 1 : Uses the standard type mechanism only.
brake assembly (take-up side). *
Fig. 2-2-20b

2-13
2.2.21 Tension brake assembly, reel disk (supply side) 2.2.23 Stator assembly
and tension arm assembly (1) Remove the flat cable.
1. How to remove (2) Remove the two screws (A), (B) and remove the lug wire.
(1) Remove the three lugs of the tension brake assembly (3) Remove the stator assembly by lifting in the arrow-indi-
from the main deck and pull them off. cated direction. (Take care that the brush spring does not
(2) Remove the reel disk (supply side) by loosening in the jump out.)
arrow-indicated direction the main brake assembly (sup- Notes:
ply side). • Be careful not to lose the brush and spring.
(3) Remove the tension spring on the back of the main deck. • There are some models that do not use the lug wire.
Then release the lug of the tension arm bearing in the Refer to the parts list for these models.
arrow-indicated direction and draw out the tension arm • When tightening the screw (B), place the caulked part
assembly. (See Fig. 2-2-21a.) of the lug terminal near to the shaft of the drum and
Lug of the tension Tension arm Reel disk then tighten it.
arm bearing assembly (supply side) • After installation, be sure to perform the switching
point adjustment according to the electrical adjustment
procedure.

Screw (A) Screw (B) Drum

shaft
Lug wire
Lug wire
(Note)
Tension brake
Screw (A)
assembly

Lugs
Stator assembly Flat cable
(Take care not to mix up the
polar faces when installing.)

Tension spring Main brake assembly

(supply side)

Fig. 2-2-21a

2.2.22 Idler lever, idler arm assembly

1. How to remove Fig. 2-2-23a
(1) Remove the lug of the idler lever from the main deck and
remove the hook fitted in the idler arm assembly hole by
lifting it. 2.2.24 Rotor assembly
(2) Remove the slit washer and pull out the idler arm assem- 1. How to remove
bly. (1) Remove the stator assembly.
(2) Remove the two screws (B) and remove the rotor assem-
Lug Idler lever
bly.
2. How to install
(1) Match the phases of the upper drum assembly and the
rotor assembly as indicated in Fig.2-2-24a.
(2) Place the upper drum assembly hole (a) over the rotor
Hook assembly holes (b) (with three holes to be aligned) and
Idler arm tighten the two screws (B). (See Fig.2-2-24a.)
assembly
Screws (B) Hole(a)
Slit washer

Fig. 2-2-22a
Screw holes

Upper drum
assembly
The hole is not in
line but is offset
Rotor assembly toward the right.

Hole(b)

Fig. 2-2-24a

2-14
2.2.25 Upper drum assembly
Notes:
• To replace the upper drum assembly only may not be
possible with some models. For upper drum assem-
bly replacement, refer to the parts list. (When the parts
number of the upper drum assembly is not listed on Lower drum assembly
the parts list, then this cannot be replaced.)
• When replacement is required, control the up- down Coil parts

movement of the brush. Never apply grease.

• When replacing the upper drum assembly, replace it Upper drum assembly
the together with the washer.
1. How to remove
(1) Remove the stator assembly and rotor assembly.
(2) Loosen the screw of the collar assembly using a 1.5 mm
hexagonal wrench and remove the collar assembly. Also Fig. 2-2-25b
remove the brush, spring and cap at one time.
(3) Remove the upper drum assembly and remove the
washer using tweezers.

Collar
Spring assembly 1.5 mm
hexagonal wrench
Brush Loosen

Cap

Upper drum Collar

Upper drum assembly
assembly assembly

Washer
Shaft
Fig. 2-2-25c
Lower drum assembly

Press

Fig. 2-2-25a

2. How to install
(1) Clean the coil parts of the lower drum assembly and the
newly installed upper drum assembly with an air brush
in advance. (See Fig.2-2-25b.)
Tighten
(2) Install a new washer and upper drum assembly on the Collar
assembly
drum shaft. (See Fig.2-2-25a.)
(3) Install the cap to the upper drum assembly.
(4) Position the collar assembly as indicated in Fig.2-2-25c
while controlling its up- down movement. Fig. 2-2-25d
(5) Secure the collar assembly in position with a hexagonal
wrench while pressing its top with the fingers.
(6) After installation, gently turn the upper drum assembly
with your hand to make sure that it turns normally. Then
install the brush and the spring.
(7) Install the rotor assembly and stator assembly according
to Fig 2-2-23a and 2-2-24a.
(8) When installation is complete, clean the upper drum as-
sembly and lower drum assembly and carry out the fol-
lowing adjustments.
• PB switching point adjustment
• Slow tracking adjustment
• Compatibility adjustment (Be sure to check for compat-
ibility for the EP (or LP) mode.)
2-15
2.3 Compatibility adjustment pole base assembly (supply or take-up side).
(7) Unload the cassette tape once, play back the alignment
Notes:
tape (A1) again and confirm the V.PB FM waveform.
• Although compatibility adjustment is very important,
(8) After adjustment, confirm that the tape wrinkling does not
it is not necessary to perform this as part of the nor-
occur at the roller upper or lower limits. (See Fig. 2-3-
mal servicing work. It will be required when you have
1d.)
replaced the A/C head, drum assembly or any part of
the tape transport system. [Perform adjustment step (9) only for the models
• To avoid any damage to the alignment tape while per- equipped with SP mode and EP (or LP) mode.]
forming the compatibility adjustment, get a separate (9) Repeat steps (1) to (8) by using the alignment tape (A2).
cassette tape (for recording and play back) ready to
be used for checking the initial tape running behavior.
• Unless otherwise specified, all measuring points and
adjustment parts are located on the Main board.
• When using the Jig RCU, it is required to set the VCR
to the Jig RCU mode (the mode in which codes from
the Jig RCU can be received). (See SECTION 1 DISAS-
SEMBLY.)

Jig RCU
[Data transmitting method]
Depress the “ ” ( 3 ) button
after the data code is set.

CUSTOM CODE INITIAL MODE

43: A CODE Max level Min level
53: B CODE Proper waveform variation
DATA CODE

Fig. 2-3a Jig RCU [PTU94023B]

2.3.1 FM waveform linearity Improper waveform variation

Signal (A1) • Alignment tape(SP, stairstep, NTSC) [MHP]

(A2) • Alignment tape(EP, stairstep, NTSC) [MHP-L] Fig. 2-3-1a
Mode (B) • PB
Equipment (C) • Oscilloscope Roller driver

Measuring point (D) • TP106 (PB. FM)

External trigger (E) • TP111 (D.FF)
Adjustment part (F) • Guide roller [Mechanism assembly]
Specified value (G) • Flat V.PB FM waveform Guide roller (supply side)

Adjustment tool (H) • Roller driver [PTU94002]

(1) Play back the alignment tape (A1).

(2) Apply the external trigger signal to D.FF (E), to observe
the V.PB FM waveform at the measuring point (D).
(3) Set the VCR to the manual tracking mode.
(4) Make sure that there is no significant level drop of the
V.PB FM waveform caused by the tracking operation, with
its generally parallel and linear variation ensured. Per- Fig. 2-3-1b
form the following adjustments when required. (See Fig.
2-3-1a.)
(5) Reduce the V.PB FM waveform by the tracking opera-
tion. If a drop in level is found on the left side, turn the
guide roller of the pole base assembly (supply side) with
the roller driver to make the V.PB FM waveform linear.
If a drop in level is on the right side, likewise turn the guide
roller of the pole base assembly (take-up side) with the
roller driver to make it linear. (See Fig. 2-3-1c.)
(6) Make sure that the V.PB FM waveform varies in parallel
and linearly with the tracking operation again. When re-
quired, perform fine-adjustment of the guide roller of the

2-16
 (4) Adjust the AUDIO OUT waveform and Control pulse
A B waveform by turning the screws (1), (2) and (3) little by
little until both waveforms reach maximum. The screw (1)
and (3) are for adjustment of tilt and the screw (2) for azi-
muth.

Head base
Level drop at the guide roller (supply side)

C D (2) (1)

A/C head

(3)

Level drop at the guide roller (take-up side)

AUDIO OUT
• Proper waveform variation: Always flat

CTL. P

• Improper waveform variation:

Higher Lower
Fig. 2-3-2a

2.3.3 A/C head phase (X-value)

Fig. 2-3-1c
Signal (A1) • Alignment tape(SP, stairstep, NTSC) [MHP]
Mode (B) • PB
Improper Proper
Equipment (C) • Oscilloscope
Measuring point (D) • TP106 (PB-FM)
External trigger (E) • TP111 (D.FF)
(a) Guide roller Adjustment part (F) • A/C head base [Mechanism assembly]
Specified value (G) • Maximum V.PB FM waveform
Adjustment tool (H) • A/C head positioning tool [PTU94010]
(1) Play back the alignment tape (A1).
(b) Guide pole (2) Apply the external trigger signal to D.FF (E), to observe
the V.PB FM waveform at the measuring point (D).
Fig. 2-3-1d (3) Set the VCR to the manual tracking mode.
(4) Loosen the screws (4) and (5), then set the A/C head
positioning tool to the innermost projected part of the A/
2.3.2 Height and tilt of the A/C head
C head. (See Fig. 2-3-3a.)
Note: (5) Turn the A/C head positioning tool fully toward the cap-
• Set a temporary level of the height of the A/C head in stan. Then turn it back gradually toward the drum and
advance to make the adjustment easier after the A/C stop on the second peak point position of the V.PB FM
head has been replaced. (See Fig.2-2-6c.) waveform output level. Then tighten the screws (4) and
(5).
Signal (A) • Alignment tape(SP, stairstep, NTSC) [MHP]
(6) Perform the tracking operation and make sure that the
Mode (B) • PB V.PB FM waveform is at its maximum.
Equipment (C) • Oscilloscope If it is not at maximum, loosen the screws (4) and (5),
Measuring point (D1) • AUDIO OUT terminal and turn the A/C head positioning tool to bring the A/C
(D2) • TP4001 (CTL. P) head to a position, around where the waveform reaches
its maximum for the first time. Then tighten the screws
External trigger (E) • TP111 (D.FF)
(4) and (5).
Adjustment part (F) • A/C head [Mechanism assembly]
Specified value (G) • Maximum waveform

(1) Play back the alignment tape (A).

(2) Apply the external trigger signal to D.FF (E), to observe
the AUDIO OUT waveform and Control pulse waveform
at the measuring points (D1) and (D2) in the ALT mode.
(3) Set the VCR to the manual tracking mode.

2-17
[Perform adjustment steps (7) to (10) only for 2 Head (4) Set the VCR to the Auto adjust mode by transmitting the
models equipped with LP mode.] code (F) twice from the Jig RCU. When the VCR enters
(7) Then play back the alignment tape (A2). the stop mode, the adjustment is completed.
(8) Set the VCR to the manual tracking mode. (5) If the VCR enters the eject mode, perform adjustment for
(9) Perform the tracking operation and make sure that the the audio control head phase (X-value) again.
V.PB FM waveform is at its maximum.
(10) If it is not at maximum, loosen the screws (4) and (5), 2.3.5 Tension pole position
and turn the A/C head positioning tool to bring the A/C
head to a position, around where the waveform reaches Signal (A) • Back tension cassette gauge
[PUJ48076-2]
its maximum for the first time. Then tighten the screws
(4) and (5). Mode (B) • PB
Note: Adjustment part (F) • Adjust pin [Mechansim assembly]
• After adjusting, always perform the confirmation and Specified value (G) • 25 - 51 gf•cm (2.45 – 5 × 10-3 Nm]
re-adjustment of the item 2.3.4.
(1) Play back the back tension cassette gauge (A).
(2) Check that the indicated value on the left side gauge is
Toward the capstan
Toward the drum
within the specified value (G).
Head base
(3) If the indicated value is not within the specified value (G),
A/C head positioning tool Screw (4) perform the adjustment in a following procedure.
To the drum 1) Set the VCR to the mechanism service mode. (See
SECTION 1 DISASSEMBLY.)
2) Set the VCR to the play back mode and adjust by turn-
Screw (5)
ing adjustment pin to align the tension arm assembly
A/C head edge with the main deck hole (A) on the right edge
To the capstan
marker. (See Fig. 2-3-5a)
Fig. 2-3-3a
Tension arm
assembly
Alignment tape Alignment tape
[SP, stairstep] [EP(LP), stairstep] Edge
played with the played with the Hole (A)
SP head EP(LP) head
Waveform output

Marker

0.5 mm Adjust pin

Tension arm assembly

X-value adjustment point

Drum side Control head position Capstan side

Tension brake assembly

Maximum

Fig. 2-3-5a
Fig. 2-3-3b

2.3.4 Standard tracking preset

Signal (A) • Alignment tape(EP, stairstep, NTSC) [MHP-L]
Mode (B) • PB ¥ Auto adjust
Equipment (C) • Oscilloscope
Measuring point (D) • TP106 (PB-FM)
External trigger (E) • TP111 (D.FF)
Adjustment part (F) • Jig RCU: Code “50”
Specified value (G) • STOP mode
(Maximum V.PB FM waveform)
Adjustment tool (H) • Jig RCU [PTU94023B]
(1) Play back the alignment tape (A).
(2) Apply the external trigger signal to D.FF (E), to observe
the V.PB FM waveform at the measuring point (D).
(3) Confirm that the automatic tracking operation is com-
pleted.

2-18
Mechanism Timing Chart

EJECT CASS-
Mechanism mode END UP CASS-INS FF/REW STOP REV SLOW/STILL PLAY

Control plate mark E U CI FR ST R SL P

HIGH
C CH
LOW

HIGH
Rotary encoder B CH
LOW

HIGH
A CH
LOW

Control cam angle 0 69 136 230 264.7 318.7 370 412.42

Rotary encoder
0 20 42.6 52.6 114.6 150.4 167.8 178.8 207.2 218.2 240.2 251.2 293.2 304.2 320.4 335
angle
ON
HALF PRESS
Pole base CONTACT
OFF

ON PLAY
ON REV
Pinch roller CONTACT
OFF
(C-INS)

ON

Guide arm
OFF

ON
HALF REV
Tension arm HALF FF/REW
OFF

ON
CONTACT
Main brake S
OFF

ON
CONTACT
Main brake T
OFF

ON

Sub brake S
OFF

ON

Sub brake T
OFF

ON

Capstan brake
OFF

IN FF/REW

Direct gear
OUT PLAY

OFF

Change lever 2
ON

SUPPLY

Idler position CENTER

TAKE-UP

READY

Take-up lever
RESET

ON

Rec safety switch

OFF

Timer REC Backspace Slow FOR REC pause

standby
Search REW REC
STOP
(drum at stop)
Operation mode Slow REW Search FF
POWER OFF
(cassette loaded) STOP
(drum in motion)

2-19
 SECTION 3
ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENT
3.1 Precaution
The following adjustment procedures are not only necessary • Set the switches as shown below unless otherwise
after replacement of consumable mechanical parts or board specified on the relevant adjustment chart. The switches
assemblies, but are also provided as references to be referred that are not listed below can be set as desired.
to when servicing the electrical circuitry. If the VCR is not equipped with the functions detailed
In case of trouble with the electrical circuitry, always begin a below, setup is not required.
service by identifying the defective points by using the meas-
uring instruments as described in the following electrical ad- AUTO PICTURE/VIDEO CALIBRATION/ OFF
justment procedures. After this, proceed to the repair, replace- B.E.S.T./D.S.P.C.
ment and/or adjustment. If the required measuring instruments PICTURE CONTROL/SMART PICTURE NORMAL/NATURAL
are not available in the field, do not change the adjustment VIDEO STABILIZER OFF
parts (variable resistor, etc.) carelessly.
TBC ON
3.1.1 Required test equipments Digital 3R ON
• Color (colour) television or monitor VIDEO NAVIGATION/TAPE MANAGER OFF
• Oscilloscope: wide-band, dual-trace, triggered delayed sweep
• Frequency counter • If there is a reference to a signal input methed in the
• Audio level meter signal column of the adjustment chart, “Ext. S-input”
• Signal generator: RF / IF sweep / marker means the Y/C separated video signal and “Ext. input”
• Signal generator: stairstep, color (colour) bar [NTSC] means the composite video signal input.
• Recording tape • Unless otherwise specified, all measuring points and
• Digit-key remote controller (provided) adjustment parts are located on the D-PRE/REC board.
3.1.2 Required adjustment tools
Jig RCU Alignment tape Alignment tape
PTU94023B (SP, stairstep, NTSC) (D-VHS STD, color (colour) bar) 3.1.5 EVR Adjustment
MHP MD-1
Some of the electrical adjustments require the adjustment
performed by the EVR system. The main unit have EEPROMs
for storing the EVR adjustment data and user setups.
Notes:
• In the EVR adjustment mode, the value is varied with
LPF Alignment tape Alignment tape the channel buttons (+, –). The adjusted data is stored
PTU93006 (S-VHS, SP/EP, color (colour) bar) (D-VHS HS, color (colour) bar)
MH-1H MD-1H when the setting mode changes (from PB to STOP,
when the tape speed is changed, etc.). Take care to
identify the current mode of each adjustment item
when making an adjustment.
• When changing the address setting in the EVR adjust-
ment mode, use the Jig RCU or the remote controller
having numeric keypad with which a numeric code can
be directly input.
3.1.3 Color (colour) bar signal,Color (colour) bar pattern The remote control code of the Jig RCU corresponds
to each of the digit keys on the remote controller as
s Color bar signal [NTSC] s Color bar pattern [NTSC] follows.
White(100%) (75%)
Digit-key 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Yellow

Magenta
Cyan
Green

White(75%)
Code 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
Magenta
Red

Yellow

Green
White

Cyan

Blue
Blue

Red

100 IRE Burst

• As the counter indication and remaining tape indica-
1V
40 IRE tion are not displayed FDP during the EVR adjustment
40 IRE
Q
White
I Black
mode, check them on the TV monitor screen.
Q I 100%
• When performing the EVR adjustment, confirm that the
Horizontal sync
FDP indication is changed to the EVR mode, as shown
3.1.4 Switch settings and standard precautions below.
The SW settings of the VCR and the standard precautions for
the electrical adjustments are as follows.
FDP
• When using the Jig RCU, it is required to set the VCR to
the Jig RCU mode (the mode in which codes from the Jig
RCU can be received). (See SECTION 1 DISASSEMBLY.)
Jig RCU
[Data transmitting method]
Depress the “ ” ( 3 ) button
after the data code is set. Fig. 3-1-5a EVR mode

CUSTOM CODE INITIAL MODE

43: A CODE
53: B CODE

DATA CODE

Fig. 3-1-4a Jig RCU [PTU94023B]

3-1
3.2 Servo circuit (5) Transmit the code (F) from the Jig RCU to adjust so that
3.2.1 Switching point the duration “a” from the waveform end (Hi/Low switch-
ing point of D.FF) to the rising edge of subcode area be-
Signal (A1) • Stairstep signal comes the specified value (G).
(A2) • Alignment tape(SP, stairstep, NTSC) [MHP] (6) Set the VCR to the stop mode or eject mode.
Mode (B) • PB (7) Play back the signal (A1) of the alignment tape (A3).
• TBC: OFF (8) Repeat steps (2) to (6) in the mode (B3).
Equipment (C) • Oscilloscope
Measuring point (D1) • VIDEO OUT terminal (75Ø terminated) a
(D2) • TP106 (PB-FM) [Main board]
External trigger (E) • TP111 (D.FF)/slope : –
D-VHS
Adjustment part (F) • Jig RCU: Code “51” or “52” envelope

Specified value (G) • 8.0 ± 0.5H

Adjustment tool (H) • Jig RCU [PTU94023B]
Sub code area
(1) Play back the signal (A1) of the alignment tape (A2). End of waveform (D.FF signal Hi/Low switching point)
(2) Apply the external trigger signal to D.FF (E) to observe
the VIDEO OUT waveform and V.PB FM waveform at the
measuring points (D1) and (D2). Fig. 3-2-2a D-VHS switching point
(3) Set the VCR to the manual tracking mode.
(4) Adjust tracking so that the V.PB FM waveform becomes 3.2.3 Slow tracking preset
maximum.
(5) Transmit the code (F) from the Jig RCU to adjust so that
Signal (A1) • Ext. input
(A2) • Color (colour) bar signal [NTSC]
the trigger point of the VIDEO OUT waveform is changed
from the trailing edge of the V.sync signal becomes the Mode (B1) • VHS SP
specified value (G). (B2) • VHS EP
(6) Set the VCR to the stop mode or eject mode. Measuring point (D) • TV-Monitor
Adjustment part (F) • Jig code “71“ or “72”
Trigger point V.sync
Switching point Specified value (G) • Minimum noise
Adjustment tool (H) • Jig RCU [PTU94023B]
(1) Record the signal (A2) in the mode (B1), and play back
the recorded signal.
(2) Set the VCR to the manual tracking mode.
V. rate
(3) Set the VCR to the FWD slow (+1/6x) mode.
(4) Transmit the code (F) from the Jig RCU to adjust so that
Fig. 3-2-1a Switching point the noise bar becomes the specified value (G) on the TV
monitor in the slow mode.
3.2.2 D-VHS switching point
(5) Set the VCR to the Stop mode.
Signal (A1) • Color (colour) bar (6) Confirm that the noise bar is (G) on the TV monitor in
(A2) (STD) • Alignment tape [MD-1] the slow mode.
(A3) (HS) • Alignment tape [MD-1H] (7) Repeat steps (3) to (6) in the REV slow (–1/6x) mode.
Mode (B1) • PB (8) Repeat steps (1) to (7) in the mode (B2).
• TBC: OFF
(B2) • D-VHS STD Note:
(B3) • D-VHS HS • For FWD slow (+1/6x) playback, transmit the code “08”
from the Jig RCU to enter the slow playback mode, and
Equipment (C) • Oscilloscope
transmit the code “D0” for REV slow (–1/6x) mode.
Measuring point (D) (STD) • TP606 (PB DATA1)
(HS) • TP616 (PB DATA2)
External trigger (E) (STD) • TP111 (VIDEO/STD/HS1 FF)
(HS) • TP112 (A/HS2 FF)
Adjustment part (F) • Jig RCU: Code “51” or “52”
Specified value (G) • 230 ± 20µsec
Adjustment tool (H) • Jig RCU [PTU94023B]
(1) Play back the signal (A1) of the alignment tape (A2).
(2) Apply the external trigger signal to D.FF (E) to observe
the D-VHS envelope waveform at the measuring point
(D).
(3) Set the VCR to the manual tracking mode.
(4) Adjust tracking so that the D-VHS envelope waveform
becomes maximum.

3-2
3.3 Video circuit (5) Transmit the code (F4) from the Jig RCU to adjust so that
3.3.1 D/A level the Y level of the Y OUT waveform becomes the speci-
fied value (G).
Signal (A1) • Ext. S-input / Ext. input (6) Release the EVR mode of the VCR by transmitting the
(A2) • Color (colour) bar signal [NTSC] code (F1) from the Jig RCU again. (When the EVR mode
(A3) • S-VHS tape is released, the adjusted data is memorized.)
Mode (B) • S-VHS (7) Record the signal (A2) in the mode (B2), and play back
• EE the recorded signal.
Equipment (C) • Oscilloscope (8) Set the VCR to the manual tracking mode.
Measuring point (D) • VIDEO OUT terminal (75Ø terminated) (9) Repeat steps (2) to (6) in the mode (B2).
(10) Record the signal (A2) in the mode (B3), and play back
Adjustment part (F) • VR1401 (D/A LEVEL ADJ) the recorded signal.
[3D Digital/4M board]
(11) Set the VCR to the manual tracking mode.
Specified value (G) • 1.00 ± 0.015 Vp-p (reference value) (12) Repeat steps (2) to (6) in the mode (B3).
(Note)

(1) Insert the cassette tape (A3) to enter the mode (B).
(2) Observe the VIDEO OUT waveform at the measuring
point (D). Y level
(3) Check the Y level value when the External S-input (Y/C
separated video signal).
(4) Switch the input signal to the External input (composite
video signal), and adjust the adjustment part (F) so that H. rate
the Y level becomes the same value observed in step Fig. 3-3-2a EE/PB Y level
(3).
Note: 3.3.3 REC color (colour) level
• The specified value (G) is just a reference value to be Signal (A1) • Alignment tape(S-VHS, SP/EP, Color(colour)
obtained when the External S-Video (Y/C separated bar) [MH-1H]
video) signal is input. In actual adjustment, set it to (A2) • Ext. input
the value observed in step (3). (A3) • Color (colour) bar signal [NTSC]
Mode (B1) • S-VHS SP
(B2) • S-VHS EP
Equipment (C) • Oscilloscope
Y level Measuring point (D1) • TP106 (PB-FM) [Main board]
(D2) • PB color (colour) output of the LPF
External trigger (E) • TP111 (D.FF)
H. rate EVR mode (F1) • Jig code “57”
EVR address (F2) • A : 02
Fig. 3-3-1a D/A level (F3) • Jig code “20” and “22”
(F4) • Jig code “18” or “19” (Channel +/-)
Specified value (G) • SP: “B” x 125 ± 5%
3.3.2 EE Y/PB Y (S-VHS/VHS) level • EP: “B” x 125 ± 5%
Signal (A1) • Ext. input Adjustment tool (H1) • Jig RCU [PTU94023B]
(A2) • Color (colour) bar signal [NTSC] (H2) • LPF [PTU93006] (See Fig. 3-3-3a.)
(A3) • S-VHS
Mode (B1) • EE 1 kØ 39 µH 180 µH
(B2) • S-VHS SP PB-FM 629 [kHz]
(B3) • VHS SP PB COLOR
(PB COLOUR)
120 pF 180 pF
Equipment (C) • Oscilloscope
Measuring point (D) • TP7101(Y OUT) [Main board]
EVR mode (F1) • Jig code “57” Fig. 3-3-3a LPF
EVR address (F2) • A : 11 (1) Connect the adjustment tool (H2) to the measuring point
(F3) • Jig code “21” twice (D1).
(F4) • Jig code “18” or “19” (Channel +/-)
(2) Apply the external trigger signal to D.FF (E) to observe the
Specified value (G) • 2.05 ± 0.05 Vp-p PB color (colour) waveform at the measuring point (D2).
Adjustment tool (H) • Jig RCU [PTU94023B] (3) Play back the signal (A3) in the mode (B1) of the align-
ment tape (A1).
(1) Insert the cassette tape (A3) to enter the mode (B1). (4) Set the VCR to the manual tracking mode.
(2) Observe the Y OUT waveform at the measuring point (D). (5) Adjust tracking so that the PB color (colour) waveform
(3) Set the VCR to the EVR mode by transmitting the code becomes maximum. Make a note of the higher PB color
(F1) from the Jig RCU. (colour) level as “B” at this time.
(4) Set the EVR address to (F2) by transmitting the code (F3) (6) Record the signal (A3) in the mode (B1), and play back
from the Jig RCU. the recorded signal.

3-3
(7) Set the VCR to the EVR mode by transmitting the code (7) Release the EVR mode of the VCR by transmitting the
(F1) from the Jig RCU. code (F1) from the Jig RCU again. (When the EVR mode
(8) Set the EVR address to (F2) by transmitting the code (F3) is released, the adjusted data is memorized.)
from the Jig RCU. (8) Repeat steps (2) to (7) in the mode (B2).
(9) Transmit the code (F4) from the Jig RCU to adjust so that
the higher level channel becomes the specified value (G) Scale 4 Four scale 100 kHz 1 MHz 2 MHz Frequency
(4 div.) marker (D2)
of the note "B" level as shown in Fig. 3-3-3b. (Adjust be-
fore recording, then confirm it by playing back.) 5 MHz
(10) After adjustment, record the signal (A3) then playing it
Specified
back again. At this time, confirm that there is no invert- value (G)
ing phenomenon or noise appearing on the playback
screen. V. rate
(11) Release the EVR mode of the VCR by transmitting the
code (F1) from the Jig RCU again. (When the EVR mode Fig. 3-3-4a Video EQ (Frequency Response)
is released, the adjusted data is memorized.)
(12) Repeat steps (3) to (11) in the mode (B2).
3.3.5 Auto picture initial setting
Note:
• After adjusting, always perform the confirmation and Signal (A1) • Ext. input
re-adjustment of the item 3.4.1. (A2) • Video: Optional
(A3) • VHS tape
Mode (B1) • VHS
(B2) • EE ¥ Auto adjust (SP/EP REC ¥ PB)
Specified
value (G)
Adjustment part (F) • Jig code “58”
Specified value (G) • STOP mode
Adjustment tool (H) • Jig RCU [PTU94023B]
V. rate
(1) Insert the cassette tape (A3) to set the mode (B1).
Fig. 3-3-3b REC color (colour) level (2) Set the VCR to the Auto adjust mode by transmitting the
code (F) from the Jig RCU. When the VCR enters the
3.3.4 Video EQ (Frequency response) stop mode, the adjustment is completed. When the VCR
enters the eject mode, repeat steps (1) to (2) again.
Signal (A1) • Ext. S-input
(A2) • Video sweep signal
Mode (B1) • S-VHS SP 3.4 Audio circuit
(B2) • S-VHS EP Notes:
(B3) • Picture Control / Smart Picture
REC : Normal / Natural • This adjustment should be done after the “REC color
PB : Edit / Distinct (colour) level adjustment” for the video circuit has
been completed.
Equipment (C) • Oscilloscope
• GND (Ground) should be taken from the Tuner shield
Measuring point (D1) • Y OUT terminal (75Ø terminated) case.
Frequency marker(D2) • 3.58 [MHz]
External trigger (E) • TP111 (D.FF) 3.4.1 Audio REC FM
EVR mode (F1) • Jig code “57” Signal (A1) • Ext. input
EVR address (F2) • A : 03 (A2) • Audio: No signal
(F3) • Jig code “20” and “23” (A3) • Video: Color (colour) bar signal [NTSC]
(F4) • Jig code “18” or “19” (Channel +/-) Mode (B) • S-VHS EP
Specified value (G) • SP: 3.2 ± 0.2 div. (–2 ± 0.5 dB) • TBC: OFF
• EP: 2.8 ± 0.2 div. (–3 ± 0.5 dB) Equipment (C) • Oscilloscope
Adjustment tool (H) • Jig RCU [PTU94023B] Measuring point (D) • TP2253 (A. PB-FM) [Main board]
(1) Apply the external trigger signal to D.FF (E) to observe External trigger (E) • TP111 (D.FF)
the Y OUT waveform at the measuring point (D1). EVR mode (F1) • Jig code “57”
(2) Record the signal (A2) in the mode (B1), and play back EVR address (F2) • A : 30
the recorded signal. (F3) • Jig code “23” and “20”
(3) Set the VCR to the manual tracking mode. (F4) • Jig code “18” or “19” (Channel +/-)
(4) Set the VCR to the EVR mode by transmitting the code Specified value (G1) • 500 ± 100 mVp-p
(F1) from the Jig RCU. (G2) • More than 350 mVp-p
(5) Set the EVR address to (F2) by transmitting the code (F3) Adjustment tool (H) • Jig RCU [PTU94023B]
from the Jig RCU.
(6) Set the slope of the oscilloscope to the channel having (1) Apply the external trigger signal to D.FF (E) to observe
higher (D2) marker level of the Y OUT waveform [signal
the Audio PB FM waveform at the measuring point (D).
(A2)]. Then set the 100 kHz marker level to the “4” scale
(2) Record the signal (A3) with no audio signal input in the
on the oscilloscope. In this condition, transmit the code
mode (B), and play back the recorded signal.
(F4) from the Jig RCU to adjust so that the (D2) marker
(3) Set the VCR to the manual tracking mode.
level reaches the specified value (G).
3-4
(4) If the A.PB FM level is not within the specified value (G1), 3.5.2 Stereo VCO
perform the adjustment in a following procedure. Signal (A) • No signal
(5) Set the VCR to the EVR mode by transmitting the code
(F1) from the Jig RCU. Mode (B) • Tuner
• EE
(6) Set the EVR address to (F2) by transmitting the code (F3)
from the Jig RCU. Equipment (C) • Frequency counter
(7) Transmit the code (F4) from the Jig RCU to adjust so that Measuring point (D1) • IC6501 pin 26
the A.PB FM level of the higher channel level becomes Short point (D2) • C6505(–) terminal
the specified value (G1). (Adjust before recording, then
confirm it by playing back.) EVR mode (F1) • Jig code “57”
EVR address (F2) • A : 21
(8) If the specified value (G1) is not obtained, transmit the (F3) • Jig code “22” and “21”
code (F4) from the Jig RCU to adjust so that the wave- (F4) • Jig code “18” or “19” (Channel +/-)
form level of the lower channel level becomes the speci-
fied value (G2). (Adjust before recording, then confirm it
Specified value (G) • 15.73 ± 0.1 kHz
by playing back.) Adjustment tool (H) • Jig RCU [PTU94023B]
(9) Release the EVR mode of the VCR by transmitting the
(1) Connect the short wire between the short point (D2) and
code (F1) from the Jig RCU again. (When the EVR mode
the GND (Ground).
is released, the adjusted data is memorized.)
(2) Connect the equipment (C) to the measuring point (D1).
(3) Set the VCR to the EVR mode by transmitting the code
(F1) from the Jig RCU.
Specified Specified (4) Set the EVR address to (F2) by transmitting the code (F3)
value (G2) value (G1)
from the Jig RCU.
(5) Transmit the code (F4) from the Jig RCU to adjust so that
V. rate the frequency of the measuring point (D1) becomes the
specified value (G).
Fig. 3-4-1a Audio REC FM
(6) Release the EVR mode of the VCR by transmitting the
code (F1) from the Jig RCU again. (When the EVR mode
3.5 Demodulator circuit is released, the adjusted data is memorized.)
(7) Disconnect the short wire between the short point (D2)
Notes:
and the GND (Ground).
• Unless otherwise specified in this demod circuit ad-
justments, all measuring points and adjustment parts
3.5.3 Stereo filter
are located on the Main board.
• Unless otherwise specified,set an audio multiplex TV Signal (A) • RF signal (Audio: No signal)
signal generator as follows; Mode (B) • Tuner
RF signal : 70 dBµ / 75Ø, color bar 87.5% modulation. • EE
Equipment (C) • Oscilloscope
3.5.1 Input level
Measuring point (D) • IC6501 pin 26
Signal (A) • RF signal (Audio: mono 300 Hz) EVR mode (F1) • Jig code “57”
Mode (B) • Tuner EVR address (F2) • A : 22
• EE (F3) • Jig code “22” twice
(F4) • Jig code “18” or “19” (Channel +/-)
Equipment (C) • Audio level meter
Specified value (G) • Minimum level
Measuring point (D) • IC6501 pin 26
Adjustment tool (H) • Jig RCU [PTU94023B]
EVR mode (F1) • Jig code “57”
EVR address (F2) • A : 20 (1) Set an audio signal mode of the RF signal generator to
(F3) • Jig code “22” and “20”
(F4) • Jig code “18” or “19” (Channel +/-) no signal.
(2) Connect the equipment (C) to the measuring point (D).
Specified value (G) • 500 ± 10 mVrms (3) Set the VCR to the EVR mode by transmitting the code
Adjustment tool (H) • Jig RCU [PTU94023B] (F1) from the Jig RCU.
(4) Set the EVR address to (F2) by transmitting the code (F3)
(1) Set an audio signal mode of the RF signal generator to from the Jig RCU.
mono 300 Hz. (5) Transmit the code (F4) from the Jig RCU to adjust so that
(2) Connect the equipment (C) to the measuring point (D). the level of the measuring point (D) becomes the speci-
(3) Set the VCR to the EVR mode by transmitting the code fied value (G).
(F1) from the Jig RCU. (6) Release the EVR mode of the VCR by transmitting the
(4) Set the EVR address to (F2) by transmitting the code (F3) code (F1) from the Jig RCU again. (When the EVR mode
from the Jig RCU. is released, the adjusted data is memorized.)
(5) Transmit the code (F4) from the Jig RCU to adjust so that
the level of the measuring point (D) becomes the speci-
fied value (G).
(6) Release the EVR mode of the VCR by transmitting the
code (F1) from the Jig RCU again. (When the EVR mode
is released, the adjusted data is memorized.)

3-5
3.5.4 Separation - 1 3.5.6 SAP VCO
Signal (A) • RF signal Signal (A) • No. signal
(Audio: L-ch 300 Hz 14% modulated) Mode (B) • Tuner
Mode (B) • Tuner • EE
• EE Equipment (C) • Frequency counter
Equipment (C) • Audio level meter Measuring point (D1) • IC6501 pin 26
Measuring point (D) • IC6501 pin 26 Short point (D2) • C6505 (–) terminal
EVR mode (F1) • Jig code “57” EVR mode (F1) • Jig code “57”
EVR address (F2) • A : 23 EVR address (F2) • A : 25
(F3) • Jig code “22” and “23” (F3) • Jig code “22” and “25”
(F4) • Jig code “18” or “19” (Channel +/-) (F4) • Jig code “18” or “19” (Channel +/-)
Specified value (G) • Minimum level Specified value (G) • 78.67 ± 0.5 kHz
Adjustment tool (H) • Jig RCU [PTU94023B] Adjustment tool (H) • Jig RCU [PTU94023B]
(1) Set an audio signal mode of the RF signal generator to (1) Connect the short wire between the short point (D2) and
alternate L-ch 300 Hz 14% modulated. the GND (Ground).
(2) Connect the equipment (C) to the measuring point (D). (2) Connect the equipment (C) to the measuring point (D1).
(3) Set the VCR to the EVR mode by transmitting the code (3) Set the VCR to the EVR mode by transmitting the code
(F1) from the Jig RCU. (F1) from the Jig RCU.
(4) Set the EVR address to (F2) by transmitting the code (F3) (4) Set the EVR address to (F2) by transmitting the code (F3)
from the Jig RCU. from the Jig RCU.
(5) Transmit the code (F4) from the Jig RCU to adjust so that (5) Transmit the code (F4) from the Jig RCU to adjust so that
the level of the measuring point (D) becomes the speci- the frequency of the measuring point (D1) becomes the
fied value (G). specified value (G).
(6) Release the EVR mode of the VCR by transmitting the (6) Release the EVR mode of the VCR by transmitting the
code (F1) from the Jig RCU again. (When the EVR mode code (F1) from the Jig RCU again. (When the EVR mode
is released, the adjusted data is memorized.) is released, the adjusted data is memorized.)
(7) Disconnect the short wire between the short point (D2)
and the GND (Ground).
3.5.5 Separation - 2
Signal (A) • RF signal
3.6 Digital circuit
(Audio: L-ch 5 kHz 14% modulated)
Mode (B) • Tuner 3.6.1 D-VHS REC level
• EE Signal (A1) • Ext. input
Equipment (C) • Audio level meter (A2) • Optional
(A3) • DF-300
Measuring point (D) • IC6501 pin 26
Mode (B1) • D-VHS STD REC
EVR mode (F1) • Jig code “57” (B2) • D-VHS HS REC
EVR address (F2) • A : 24
(F3) • Jig code “22” and “24” Equipment (C) • Oscilloscope
(F4) • Jig code “18” or “19” (Channel +/-) Measuring point (D) (STD) • TP601 (REC LEVEL1)
Specified value (G) • Minimum level (HS) • TP602 (REC LEVEL2)
Adjustment tool (H) • Jig RCU [PTU94023B] External trigger (E) (STD) • TP111 (VIDEO/STD/HS1 FF)
(HS) • TP112 (A/HS2 FF)
(1) Set an audio signal mode of the RF signal generator to EVR mode (F1) • Jig code “57”
alternate L-ch 5 kHz 14% modulated. EVR address (F2) (STD) • A:08
(2) Connect the equipment (C) to the measuring point (D). (HS) • A:09
(3) Set the VCR to the EVR mode by transmitting the code (F3) (STD) • Jig code “20” and “28”
(F1) from the Jig RCU. (HS) • Jig code “20” and “29”
(4) Set the EVR address to (F2) by transmitting the code (F3) (F4) • Jig code “18” or “19” (Channel +/-)
from the Jig RCU. Specified value (G) • 100 (105-110) mVp-p
(5) Transmit the code (F4) from the Jig RCU to adjust so that Adjustment tool (H) • Jig RCU [PTU94023B]
the level of the measuring point(D) becomes the speci-
fied value (G). (1) Insert the cassette tape (A3) to enter the mode (B1).
(6) Release the EVR mode of the VCR by transmitting the (2) Apply the external trigger signal to D.FF (E) to observe
code (F1) from the Jig RCU again. (When the EVR mode the waveform appeared at the measuring point (D).
is released, the adjusted data is memorized.) (3) Set the VCR to the EVR mode by transmitting the code
(F1) from the Jig RCU.
(4) Set the EVR address to (F2) by transmitting the code (F3)
from the Jig RCU.
(5) Transmit the code (F4) from the Jig RCU to adjust so that
the waveform signal level “a” becomes the specified value
(G).

3-6
(6) Release the EVR mode of the VCR by transmitting the
code (F1) from the Jig RCU again. (When the EVR mode
is released, the adjusted data is memorized.)
(7) Repeat steps (2) to (6) in the mode (B2).

Notes:
• GND (Ground) should be taken from the D-PRE/REC
board shield case.
• The signal level adjustment should be performed by
setting the center (centre) of the darkened section on
the CRT bright line.
• After adjusting, always perform the confirmation and
re-adjustment of the item 3.6.2.

Fig. 3-6-1a D-VHS REC level

3.6.2 PLL f0
Notes:
• This adjustment should be done after the “D-VHS REC
level adjustment” for the Digital circuit has been com-
pleted.
• Do not connect the probe or any other jig to the TP or
shield case of the D-PRE/REC board during adjust-
ment.
• If auto adjustment is not completed by the above pro-
cedure, re-adjust the adjustment item 3.6.1 again.

Signal (A1) • Ext. input

(A2) • Optional
(A3) • DF-300
Mode (B1) • D-VHS STD
(B2) • D-VHS HS
Adjustment point (F1) (STD) • Jig code “96”
(HS) • Jig code “91”
(F2) • Jig code “9B”
Specified value (G) • STOP mode
Adjustment tool (H) • Jig RCU [PTU94023B]
(1) Insert the cassette tape (A3) to enter the mode (B1).
(2) Set the VCR to the Auto adjust mode by transmitting the
code (F1) from the Jig RCU. When the VCR enters the
stop mode, the adjustment is completed. When the VCR
enters the eject mode, insert the cassette tape again.
(3) Release the Auto adjust mode of the VCR by transmit-
ting the code (F2)from the Jig RCU.
(4) Repeat steps (2) to (3) in the mode (B2).

3-7
 SECTION 4
CHARTS AND DIAGRAMS
NOTES OF SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 4) Indication on schematic diagram
Voltage Indications for REC and PB mode on the sche-
Safety precautions matic diagram are as shown below.
The Components identified by the symbol are
critical for safety. For continued safety, replace safety
critical components only with manufacturer's recom- 1 2 3
mended parts. REC mode 2.5 1.8
(5.0)

PB and REC modes

1. Units of components on the schematic diagram PB mode (Voltage of PB and REC modes
are the same)
Unless otherwise specified.
1) All resistance values are in ohm, 1/6 W, 1/8 W (refer to
Note: If the voltages are not indicated on the schematic
parts list).
diagram, refer to the voltage charts.
Chip resistors are 1/16 W.
K or k: k (1000 ), M: M (1000k )
5. Waveform measurement
2) All capacitance values are in µF, (P: PF).
3) All inductance values are in µH, (m: mH). 1) Video circuits
4) All diodes are 1SS133, MA165 or 1N4148M (refer to parts REC : Colour bar signal in SP mode, normal VHS mode
list). PB : Alignment tape, colour bar SP mode, normal VHS
mode
2. Indications of control voltage 2) Audio circuits
REC : 1KHz, –8 dBs sine wave signal in SP mode, normal
AUX : Active at high
VHS mode
AUX or AUX(L) : Active at low PB : REC then playback it
3) Movie Camera circuits
3. Interpreting Connector indications Measured using a correctly illuminated gray scale or colour
bar test chatrs in the E-E mode
1
4) Indication on schematic diagram
2 Removable connector
Waveform indications on the schematic diagram are as
3
shown below.
Measurement point
1
2 Wire soldered directly on board
3
16 18 20 22 24

1 Waveform number
C329 C330
2 Non-removable Board connector 0.1/50 0.1/50
C331 WF25
3 11/10

R344
1 47K
R346
2 Board to Board 15K
R343 R345
3 18K 10K
4

Connected pattern on board 5) Waveform indications

The arrows indicate signal path
Waveform number Waveform name or
measurement point
4. Voltage measurement WF25 ALC OUT
1) Video circuits
REC : Colour bar signal in SP mode, normal VHS mode
PB : Alignment tape, colour bar SP mode, normal VHS
mode
— : Unmeasurable or unnecessary to measure
2) Audio circuits
REC : 1KHz, –8 dBs sine wave signal in SP mode, Nor- REC/PB 1.2 Vp-p Level : 1.2 Vp-p
mal VHS mode 50 mV/2 msec/DIV
PB : REC then playback it
3) Movie Camera circuits Oscilloscope Volts and Time/Division, Probe 10 : 1
Measured using a correctly illuminated gray scale or colour
Mode : REC or PB modes
bar test charts in the E-E mode

4-1
6. Signal path Symbols CIRCUIT BOARD NOTES
The arrows indicate the signal path as follows.
1. Foil and Component sides
Playback signal path 1) Foil side (B side) :
Parts on the foil side seen from foil face (pattern face)
Playback and recording signal path are indicated.
2) Component side (A side) :
Recording signal path
(including E-E signal path)
Parts on the component side seen from component face
(parts face) indicated.
Capstan servo path

Drum servo path 2. Parts location guides

Parts location are indicated by guide scale on the circuit board.
(Example)
R-Y REF No. LOCATION
Playback R-Y signal path
IC Category: IC
Y
Recording Y signal path IC101 B C 6A
B : Foil side
(A : Component side) Horizontal “A” zone
C : Chip component Vertical “6” zone
(D : Discrete component)
7. Indication of the parts for adjustments
The parts for the adjustments are surrounded with the circle as
shown below. Note:
For general information in service manual, please refer
to the Service Manual of GENERAL INFORMATION Edi-
tion 4 No. 82054D (January 1994).

8. Indication of the parts not mounted on the circuit board

“OPEN” is indicated by the parts not mounted on the circuit
board.
R216

OPEN

4-2
 4.1 BOARD INTERCONNECTIONS

OPEN
5

# CN7103

CN7104
GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND
D-Y_OUT
C_OUT
Cb_OUT
Y_OUT

Cr_OUT
DET_OUT
BIT_OUT

DET_IN
0 TERMINAL-NTSC6 # 8 7

BIT_IN
P/S CONVERTER
OPEN CN710*:DOM/US (Page 4-21) 1 5 S-SUB (Page 4-23)

# CN901/

BIAS_FOR_C_OUT
AC INPUT #AC OUTPUT
CN90*:EU/EK/MS

V_FROM_OSD
FROM_PS_[Y]
REAR2_V_IN/TUNER_V

REAR2_C_IN

REAR1_C_IN
REAR2_Y_IN

REAR1_Y_IN
FROM_PS_C
S-P[H]/P-S[L]

FROM_PS_C

SECAM_PB_COLOR_2
FROM_PS_Y
LINE1INFO/I2C_DATA2
LINE2INFO/I2C_CLK2

I2C_DATA2
I2C_CLK2
TO_PS_C
TO_PS_Y

TO_PS_C
TO_PS_Y
BIAS_FOR_C_OUT

SW5V[2]
SW5V[2]

SW5V[2]
SW5V[2]
SW12V
SW12V

C_OUT

Y_OUT

MAIN_ALC_DET
EE[L]
PAUSE/COMPU

# CN513
GND
GND
GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND
SAT_CTL_OUT

CH+12V/SW5V

GND

GND

GND

C_FROM_DIGI
Y_FROM_DIGI
CN512

I2C_DATA_A/V

FRONT_C_IN
RF5V/SW12V

I2C_CLK_A/V

REC_COLOR
FRONT_Y_IN

FRONT_V_IN
LINE_OUT[R]

REAR2_C_IN

REAR1_C_IN

Y/V_TO_DIGI
REAR2_Y_IN

REAR1_Y_IN

REAR1_V_IN

REAR1_V_IN
DEC_OUT[R]
LINE_OUT[L]

V_FROM_AV
DEC_OUT[L]

PB_COLOR
# CN7101 /CN902

# CN7102 /CN903

V_TO_OSD
C_TO_DIGI

Y_TO_SUB

WIDE_DET
RCA_IN[R]
RCA_IN[L]

P.MUTE[L]

Y_TO_AV
BS-IF

V.PULSE
A.IN1[R]

A.IN2[R]
OPEN

SCR_ID

P50_I/O
A.IN1[L]

A.IN2[L]
JLIP[L]

SW5V
SW5V
EE[L]
GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND
GND

GND

GND

GND
RXD
TXD

FSC
OUT IN RF OUT RF IN

CN511

CN5001

CN5002
BRN

BRN
BLU

BLU
# CN6202

# CN7101

# CN7108

# CN7102

CN7109
FROM_PS_Y
TO_PS_Y
GND
GND
GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND
FROM_PS_C

FROM_PS_C
TO_PS_Y

TO_PS_C
S-P[H]/P-S[L]

EE[L]

SW5V[2]
SW5V[2]
SW5V[2]
# BS # TUNER

TO_PS_C
FROM_PS_[Y]

SW5V[2]
I2C_DATA2
I2C_CLK2

REAR1_C_IN

REAR1_Y_IN
SW12V
SW12V

C_OUT
BIAS_FOR_C_OUT

Y_OUT
GND
GND

GND
REAR2_C_IN
V_FROM_OSD
GND

REAR2_Y_IN
GND
DET_OUT

MAIN:CN7105
MAIN:CN7106
MATSUSHITA ALPS
CN5302

MAIN:CN7103
GND NTSC/PAL,MS NTSC/PAL,MS
DET_IN BIA[15V] NC/BB NC/BB PS3.3V
GND B3[A5V] AUDIO_IN AUDIO_IN PS3.3V
BIT_IN BIB[15V] CH_SW/MOD_DATA CH_SW/MOD_DATA PS2.2V
GND B2[S5V] MOD_B MOD_B OPEN PS2.2V
BIT_OUT KEYED IN CONV[H]/MOD_CLK CONV[H]/MOD_CLK AL3.3V
B4[S5V] VIDEO_IN VIDEO_IN AL5V
# CN1901 # CN1901
DET[MUSE] NC NC/TU[30V] GND
# 9 6
NC NC
TU[S12V] RF_AGC 0 5 3D DIGITAL/4M GND
BS_P.CTL BS_P.CTL
DET[JSB] (BT) RF_AGC 0 3 MAIN MAIN:CN7104 CN1401 (Page 4-19) GND
GR AL6V AL6V
BIT DET TU_CE NC Fsc GND
SW12V SW12V
B7[A5V] PLL_CLK TU_CE GND PS2.5V
GND GND
DET IN PLL_DATA PLL_CLK
(VIDEO/AUDIO Page 4-7) C_TO_DIGI PS2.5V
I2C_DATA I2C_DATA
C/N OUT NC PLL_DATA (SYSCON Page 4-9) SW5V[2]
4 9 I2C_CLK I2C_CLK

4 NC NC
BIT IN NC (TUNER/DEMOD Page 4-11) Y/V_TO_DIGI 0 1 REG
DIGI SUB MUTE MB MB
(AUDIO I/O Page 4-13) EE[L]
0 2 SUB REG
NC NC
V OUT LOCK[L] LOCK[L] Y_FROM_DIGI (Page 4-5)
NC NC
AL TU[30V] TU[30V]
(SYNCDET Page 4-15) GND CN5601 CN5503 (Page 4-6)
TU_VIDEO TU_VIDEO
B5[S5V] IF_OUT TP (MAIN-TERMINAL Page 4-17) C_FROM_DIGI BS_SW5V BS_SW5V SUB: CN5501 CN5301
GR_ON[H] GR_ON[H]
AR IF_IN IF_OUT KILLER_DET AUDIO[-] AUDIO[-] AUDIO[-]
J10(NC)

GR_VIDEO GR_VIDEO
BIT OUT NC/SW1 I2C_CLK_AV P.SAVE[L] P.SAVE[L] P.SAVE[L]
J1
J2
J3
J4
J5
J6
J7
J8
J9

SCL NC/SW2 NC/SW1 I2C_DATA_AV P.CTL[H] P.CTL[H] P.CTL[H]

SDA AUDIO_OUT NC/SW2 V.P_CTL SW12V SW12V AL12V
CN8803
SIF_OUT AUDIO_OUT V.REF SW12V SW12V M12V
G_OUT
AFT SIF_OUT D.FF M12V M12V GND[M]
GND 5 0 DIGITAL VIDEO_OUT AFT TRICK[H] M12V M12V GND[M]
C_OUT
CN9801 CN7107 NC/MB VIDEO_OUT SLOW_PULSE GND[M] GND[M] GND
GND
Y_IN Y_IN GND[M] GND[M] GND
Cr_OUT
GND GND GND GND AL6V
GND
C_IN C_IN GND GND AL6V
Cb_OUT
GND GND SW5V SW5V AL5V
GND
A/D_IN[L] A/D_IN[L] SW5V SW5V 48V
Y_OUT
CN8802
GND GND #1 4 DEMOD AL6V AL6V AL23V
A/D_IN[R] A/D_IN[R] AL6V AL6V
PS3.3V CN6701
GND GND AL5V AL5V CN5303
PS3.3V MAIN:CN6701 PAL/MS /ARC
D/A_OUT[L] D/A_OUT[L] BT2 BT2 DC[+]
PS2.2V NC
GND GND 48V 48V -29V
PS2.2V I2C_DATA
D/A_OUT[R] D/A_OUT[R] AL17V AL17V DC[-]
AL3.3V I2C_CLK
NC NC AL23V AL23V GND
AL5V TU_A_MUTE[H]

S_DATA_TOSYS
S_DATA_FRSYS
BACK_UP_GND
CN8002 CN3009 AL5V

REC_SAFETY
FRONT_C_IN

FRONT_Y_IN

FRONT_V_IN

D_CASS_SW
GND DEMOD[R]
KBUS_RXD/TXD KBUS_DATA

F.AUDIO[R]
F.AUDIO[L]
GND DEMOD[L]

AUDIO[-]
RCU_5V

FAN11V
GND GND

SW12V
S_CLK

RC_IN

SW5V
CN3008
GND SW5V

CN5504

CN5502
GND

GND
GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND
STB
KBUS_CLK KBUS_CLK

CN901
GND GND

3 PS2.5V
PS2.5V
HOST_RESET
KBUS_REQ KBUS_REQ
HOST_RESET
COMP
SIF
REF5Hz REF5
CN8003 FOR_JIG
SVREF30 REF30
SBE_A
DFF/HS1_FF HS1_FF
GND OPEN CN7005

CN7191

CN7002
HS2_FF HS2_FF

F.C_IN
GND
F.Y_IN
GND
GND
FRONT_VIDEO
GND
F.AUDIO[L]
GND
F.AUDIO[R]
GND

RCU5V
BACK_UP_GND
REC_SAFE
S_CLK
S_DATA_TOSYS
S_DATA_FRSYS

RC_IN
GND
D_CASS_SW
STB
SBE_B
AT_ON AT_ON DC3.5V[+]
HS1_FF
REC_AREA REC_AREA -29V
HS2_FF
RXD RXD DC3.5V[-] 3 2
CN8001 FOR_UPDATE
OPEN TCK
TXD TXD GND REC SAFETY
JLIP[L] JLIP[L] AL5V /D.CASS SW
_S

_S
_F

_F

VSS (HOST Page 4-29) DVHSPB[L] 3 6 JACK

FULL_ERASE
AUDIO_ERASE
FW7081 (Page 4-26)
DVHSPB[L]

DRUM_CTL_V

CAP_REV[L]
CAP_CTL_V
(Page 4-25)

CTL_HEAD[+]
(DMAIN Page 4-31) 2 8 DISPLAY

CTL_HEAD[-]
LP/EP_CH1
LP/EP_CH1
LP/EP_CH2
LP/EP_CH2

TDI FW7001
SP_CH1_S

SP_CH2_S
SP_CH1_F

SP_CH2_F

12/17/22V
FMA_CH1
COMMON
FMA_CH2

DRUM_12V
NC NC

CAP_FG
(D-VHS IF Page 4-33) (Page 4-26)
MAIN:CN3011

GND(C)

GND[M]

GND(C)
TDO D_CASS_SW D_CASS_SW

SW5V
GND[M]

LDM1
LDM2
(DVX Page 4-35)

GND

# FW7002

# FW7003
LSC
TMS GND GND

LSB

LSA

LED1

LED2
CN2001

CN2002

CN3001

CN3003

CN3004

CN3002
D.PG
D.FG

NC
GND

GND

GND

GND
REC
(VIDEO IF Page 4-37) PB
TRST CN8201 REC SAFE REC SAFE
CN1

(HD DEC Page 4-39)

DBI (LAPRAS Page 4-41)
6

FVCC (DSP Page 4-43)

# CN605
CN3010
GND
RESET
FWE
AL5V
SIO
SII

VCCP (AUDIO AD/DA Page 4-45)

D_REC_LEV1

D_REC_LEV2
HS[H]
DVHS[L]
D_REC[L]
CH2_RECST[H]
CH1_RECST[H]
V/STD/HS1_FF
D/HS1_ENV

GND
SW5V

HS2_ENV
A/HS2_FF
HS_RECST[H]

FULL ERASE HEAD

RESET (DECRIPTER Page 4-47)
4 3
MODE
FP D-PRE/REC
M
CN1

# FW7082

# FW7083
CON1

GND

GND
REC_DATA_B

REC_DATA_A

LED1

LED2
(Page 4-27)
PB_DATA_B

PB_DATA_A

A/C HEAD
# IEEE1394
AUDIO[-]

5 5
SW12V

5 8
1 2
SW5V

5 7 ROTARY
# CN402

CN401
GND

GND

GND

GND

GND
CN8801

(FRONT) #9 0 #9 7
STD1/HS1C_S
STD1/HS1C_F

ENCODER LOADING
REC_DATA_A

REC_DATA_B

DRUM MOTOR CAP MDA

PB_DATA_A

PB_DATA_B

MOTOR LED1 LED2

HS1D_S

HS2D_S
HS2C_S
HS1D_F

HS2D_F

HS2C_F
STD2_S
STD2_F

OPEN
M M
GND

GND

GND

GND
# CN606

CN601

# CN603

2 R/P A.E CTL

96 GR F.E

87 P/S CONVERTER

58 DRUM MOTOR

57 CAP MDA

#OPTION : Used : Not Used

55 LOADING MOTOR
8 7 P/S_CONV. 1 4 DEMOD 9 6 GR CN603 CN7101 (TERM) CN606 CN605 1 9 NAVI 9 0 LED1 IEEE1394
4 1 U.DRUM CN513 CN901 (TERM) CN1901 CN402 CN7102 (TERM) CN3011 9 7 LED2 (FRONT)
50 DIGITAL
CN7101 (MAIN) CN902 (TERM) CN6202 AC OUTPUT CN7104 (TERM) FW7002
49 DIGI SUB
CN7102 (MAIN) CN903 (TERM) CN7103 (TERM) FW7003
43 D-PRE/REC CN7108 CN6701 BS_TUNER
41 U.DRUM

36 JACK
EP EP SP SP FMA FMA D D HS2 HS2 HS1
CH1 CH2 CH1 CH2 CH1 CH2 CH1 CH2 CH1 CH2 CH2 HM- DH30000 1/10 1/14
32 REC SAFETY

HM- DH20000 1/4 2/10

28 DISPLAY

HM- DH30000U 1/10 1/14

HM- DR20000EU&EK 1/4 2/10

FRONT ONLY
15 S-SUB

1 14 DEMOD HM- DR20000MS 1/4 2/10

FRONT ONLY

12 A/C HEAD A-HD2000* 1/10 1/14

06 TERMINAL-NTSC

05 3D DIGITAL/4M

03 MAIN

02 SUB REG

01 REG

NO NAME p10322001a_rev0

A B C D 4-3 4-4 E F G H
 4.2 REGULATOR AND SUB REGULATOR SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
Note : The Parts Number, value and rated voltage etc. in the Schematic Diagram are for references only.
When replacing the parts, refer to the Parts List.

## B5301
TO DISPLAY
CN7005
0 1 REG
CP5301
ICP-N20
CP
#
R5301 CN5303
DC[+]
0 2 SUB REG
D5201 R5305 Q5301 -29V R5512 Q5506
TO FAN
AK04 2.2k 2SD2144S/UV/ CN5504
11EQS04 39 1W 2SB1068/KU/
1S4 DC[-]
C5201 FAN11V
220 Q5303 GND
/6.3 R5306 DTC114EUA GND
1k UN5211 AL5V
R5304 RN1302 R5513
5 1k
Q5302
PDTC114EU 10k R5514
1k
DTA114EUA
C5202 UN5111
0.01 RN2302
/50 PDTA114EU

IC5305 IC5303
PQ5EV3 PQ5EV3 Q5507
DANGEROUS VOLTAGE DTC114EUA

PS2.5V PS2.2V
UN5211
RN1302
PDTC114EU
B5001
OPEN
Q5501
CN5001 IN OUT GND REF ON/OFF IN OUT GND REF ON/OFF 2SC3616-T
BRN F5001 LF5002 # T5001
LIVE 2A /250 QQR0908-001 ## L5001 Q5502
QQR0984-001 C5106 TO DIGITAL DTA114EUA
4700p UN5111
/1k D5202 (VIDEO IF) RN2302
B5004 SF5SC4 CN8802 PDTA114EU
SHORT FSQ05A04B
YG801C04 CN5302
BLU SB640FCT
NEUTRAL R5106 PS3.3V
680k R5503
PS3.3V 1k
L5201 # R5309 R5504
D5001 C5107 33µ R5313 4.7k PS2.2V 1k
R5501 C5501
RBV-404 SHORT PS2.2V 100
470 /16
# VA5001 C5001 C5002
0.068 0.022 ## ## AL3.3V
/250 /250 C5003 C5101 C5203 C5301 # D5306 C5311 C5312 Q5503 R5502
330 /200 # 100p 4700 470 C5315 C5316 R5314 1SS355 0.01 100 R5310 AL5V DCT114EUA 4.7k
R5107 /1k /6.3 /10 6.8k UN5211
4 IC5101
11k /50 /10 GND RN1302
PDTC114EU TO DIGITAL
STR-F6555 GND
R5101 (VIDEO IF)
68k GND CN8801
2W D5312 D5510
# D5101 FMM-24U ## D5308 GND MTZJ12A CN5502
CN5002 SARS01 D5315 IC5302 1SS355 RD12ES/B1/
PQ5EV3 PS2.5V SW12V
OPEN OCP/
FMM-24U IC5304

PS3.3V
PQ5EV3 Q5504 GND
FB S D Vcc GND PS2.5V 2SD2375/QP/

D5102
AU01Z
ERA18-02
1SR153-400 IN OUT GND REF ON/OFF
AL3.3V R5505 R5506
SW5V
AUDIO[-]

10ELS2 ## 470 1k
PG104RS B5304 B5305 IN OUT GND REF ON/OFF
Q5505
# # SHORT 2SD1819A/RS/
B5306 B5307 2SC4081/RS/ D5501
C5103 # R5102 2PC4081/R/ 1SS133
33p 1SS270A
/1k
C5102 R5507
27 /35 # C5504 0
D5307 0.01 C5503
1SS355 R5311 /50 100
R5103 22k /16
10k
D5502
C5313 C5314 R5312 RD5.1JS/B2/
L5203 # 0.01 100 12k MA4051/M/
33µ R5509 R5508
R5307 /50 /10 470 10k
D5103
SHORT D5204 IC5306
## SF5SC4 PQ15RW11
C5105 FSQ05A04B
0.01 /50 YG801C04 #
3 PC5101
PS2501-1
PC817
SB640FCT #
C5205 C5303
330
/10
C5309
0.01
/50
C5310
100
/10
R5308
AL5V D5503
11ES2
ERA15-02
1A3G
D5504
11ES2
ERA15-02
1A3G
D5505
11ES2
ERA15-02
1A3G
D5506
11ES2
ERA15-02
1A3G
TO MAIN
ON3131/RS/ IN OUT GND REF
R5104 PC817X (MAIN TERMINAL)
680 D5301 L5204 ## D5305 CN5601
MTZJ15A 33µ D5507 D5508 D5509
RD15ES/B1/ 1SS355 11ES2 11ES2 SHORT CN5503
GROUND POINT ERA15-02 ERA15-02
R5105 1A3G 1A3G AL23V
C5104 0.27 FOR PRIMARY CN5301
D5205 C5304 AL23V
470p 1W R5318 VOLTAGE FML-12S 330 R5328 AL17V
/50 220 FCF06A20 /16 # D5313 15k 48V
YG901C2 1SS355 48V
K5101 SF5LC20U C5206 R5329 AL5V
QQR0678-001 ER602FCT 670 D5304 C5317 C5318 16k BT2
QQR0621-001 /16 1SS355 0.01 100 AL6V R5510 R5511
1k 1.2k AL5V
AL6V
R5319 AL6V
4.7k D5303 GND
R5320 1SS133 AL6V
# 1.5k # R5321 # L5501
MY

SG5001 # D5207 1SS270A GND

10ELS2 SW5V
QAF0046-242 ERA18-04 GND[M]
C5306 1SR153-400 SW5V
0.15 /50
MY

PG104RS GND[M]
GND
M12V
C5307 # R5327 GND
0.033 /50 # D5206 AL12V
FML-12S IC5307 GND[M]
C5004 IC5301 FCF06A20 PQ15RW21 ## B5303 P.CTL[H]
# 4700p L5431 R5323 YG901C2 # GND[M]
B5003 /125 MM1431AT 1.2k SF5LC20U C5207 P.SAVE[L]

AL12V
ER602FCT M12V
AUDIO[-]
R5322 B5302 M12V
2 Q5304
3.9k ## C5210
100p
R5333
10k
SHORT
CN5501 SW12V
2SD1819A/RS/ 1kV IN OUT GND REF #
2SC4081/RS/ D5316 SW12V
2PC4081/R/ R5324 1SS355
P.CTL[H]
680 Q5305
DTA114EUA P.SAVE[L]
# # UN5111
R5001 VA5003 RN2302 AUDIO[-]
4.7M QAF0023-001 C5005 PDTA114EU # D5309
1/2W 100p D5208 1SS133 R5331 BS_SW5V
/125 R5325 AU01Z 1SS270A 6.8k
ERA18-02 # B5502
10k C5308 D5302 1SR153-400
47 /10 MTZJ3.3B 10ELS2 C5208 R5332 # B5501
RD3.3ES/B2/ PG104RS 4.7 2k D5314
/100 C5319 C5320 MTZJ7.5A
0.01 100 RD7.5ES/B1/
C5006 R5326 D5209 D5310 /16
100p 390 AU01Z 1SS133
/125 ERA18-02 1SS270A
1SR153-400
GROUND POINT 10ELS2 D5311 R5316
PG104RS C5209 MTZJ27C 820
FOR SECONDARY FR
18 /50 FR
RD27ES/B3/ 2W
VOLTAGE
R5317 R5315
4.7 100
1/4W 1/4W

##MARK ELEMENTS ARE NOT MOUNTED

#DIFFERENCE TABLE 1
D5307
D5309
D5313
1 B5003 B5306 B5307 B5501 B5502 C5205
4700
C5207
220
C5316
100
CN5002 D5206 D5207 D5316 L5501 R5001 R5102 R5107
47
R5301 R5307 R5308 R5313 R5321 R5327 SG5001 T5001 VA5001 VA5003

HS YES YES NO YES NO /10 /35 /10 YES YES NO YES SHORT NO 1 1/2W 1 13k 6.8k 15k 8.2k 12k NO QQS0079-001 NO
JPN 3300 150 330 47
STD YES NO YES YES NO /10 /35 /10 NO NO YES YES SHORT NO 1 1/2W 1 5.6k 3k 13k 5.6k 68k NO QQS0079-001 QAF0023-431
QAF0024-431
NO

3300 150 100 47 QAF0039-431

HS YES NO YES NO YES /10 /35 /10 NO NO YES NO 0.22µ YES 56 1/4W FR 1.8 13k 6.8k 15k 5.6k 68k NO QQS0106-001 NO
US 3300 150 330 47
STD YES NO YES NO YES /10 /35 /10 NO NO YES NO 0.22µ YES 56 1/4W FR 1.8 5.6k 3k 13k 5.6k 68k NO QQS0106-001 NO

3300 150 330 47

US(PH) NO NO YES NO YES /10 /35 /10 NO NO YES NO 0.22µ YES 56 1/4W FR 1.8 5.6k 3k 13k 5.6k 68k YES QQS0106-001 QAF0023-431 YES MY

p20196001a_rev1

A B C D 4-5 4-6 E F G H
 4.3 MAIN (VIDEO/AUDIO) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

Note : The Parts Number, value and rated voltage etc. in the Schematic Diagram are for references only.
When replacing the parts, refer to the Parts List.

5
TO AUDIO I/O
IND.IN[L]
AUDIO_OUT[L]
IND.IN[R]
AUDIO_OUT[R]
R2003 100
FMA_OUT[L]
R2206 100
FMA_OUT[R]
FMA_IN[L] R2006 39k
AUDIO_IN[L]
FMA_IN[R] R2218 39k
AUDIO_IN[R]
GND R2203 R2202
C2208 C2001 6.8k 6.8k
4.7 /50 4.7 /50
R2004 R2207
3.3k 3.3k

R2226
TO TUNER/DEMOD

0.1 /50

0.1 /50
OPEN R2205 R2204

C2210

C2209
TU_AUDIO 3.3k 3.3k
C2228
GND OPEN

R2223

R2009
R2227

12k

12k
OPEN

D1
OPEN
DA204

OPEN

OPEN

OPEN

OPEN

OPEN

OPEN
R2225

R2224

R2222

R2215

R2010

R2008

OPEN
R2230
TO SYNCDET C2212 C2211
2Fsc 1 /50 1 /50
B42 TP2253
A.PB FM

C2215
0.47 /50

0.47 /50

4.7 /25
OPEN
4.7 /25

4.7 /25
0Ω

C2216
OPEN
GND TO SHEELD

C2226

C2225

C2224

C2223

C2222

C2221

C2220

C2219

C2218

C2217

C2002
10 /16

10 /16

10 /16

10 /16
Q1704

0.01

0.01
2SA1576A/QR/

OPEN
R2231
R2251
R1706 R1704 C1704 R1702 R1701 C1701 1k
L1702 Q2251
100µ 39k 39k 100p 680 220 0.022 DTA144WUA
R1708
47k C1708 C1707
TO MAIN-TERMINAL 10 /16 0.01
GND C1705 C1709
0.001 R1703 0.1 C2207 D2121
SW5V 560 L2252 47 /16 MTZJ8.2C
Q1701 OPEN D2201 R2121

GND

GND
OPEN 150

FM MON
SW12V R1705 2SA1576A/QR/

Vcc/2
NA EXT IN
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1

LOG

LOG
68k (L2) (L1) (FR) (TU) (L2) (L1) (FR) (TU)
R1707 Q1703 Q1702 R2252 C2255
4.7k DTC144WUA 2SA1576A/QR/ OPEN OPEN INPUT_SEL [R] INPUT_SEL [L]

SP_SHORT[H]
LP_SHORT[H]
B2251 R2012 NR[R] NR[L]

4
Q1705

DEC OUT[R]

DEC OUT[L]
OPEN 1k

5 BS IN[R]

5 BS IN[L]

LINE OUT[R]
R2289 0Ω DTC144WUA C1702

LINE OUT[L]
L1701 C1703 47p
15µ 47p EVR
TO SYSCON Q1706 EVR DATA
R2290 0Ω C1706 DTC144WUA Q2252
FLY_ON[H] 15p OPEN
A.MUTE CLK
FLY_REC[H]
GND A.FF ENV DET 9V
C2004 C2251 C2252 +
OPEN 47 /16 0.01 C2227 0.1 NOR DET
B2252 OUTPUT SEL
OPEN C2256 C2205
TO U.DRUM OPEN C2003
CN1 47 /6.3 PRE/REC GND REC/PB MON DET
1 /50 C2204 B37
C2253 0.1 K2251 SHORT
CH2 fsc IN
FMA_CH2 L2272 1.8µ 0.001 OPEN
C2258 0.1 K2252 SHORT C2203
COMMON CR DET
FMA_CH1 NA INPUT SEL 10 /16
C2282 120p C2254 0.1 K2253 SHORT NA PB
CH1 HIFI FM #
SP_CH2 R2228 R2229 C2201
L2251 10µ NA REC 0.1
PRE/REC VCC
0Ω OPEN
SP_CH1 L2001 SHORT C40 10 /16
A.Vcc BAND_GAP
L1 10µ C2202
C2231
LP/EP_CH2 HIFI HIFI 0.001
BDL GND
0.033
COMP INPUT_SEL BDL VCC
LP/EP_CH1 Q47 L5 D6
DTA114WUA 10µ OPEN
PRE/REC GND C41 C42
C37 R79 OPEN OPEN
Q2281 Q2282 C1 0.01 SP2
1 OPEN
OPEN OPEN Q46 P BDL DET
Q2279 DTA114WUA C87 VCA C
DTA114EUA C133 0.01 OPEN SP DL R
R9 0Ω C125 C38 C39 C45
COMMON CCD LPF BDL I2C_DATA OPEN 47 0.1 OPEN
C5 C6 PRE/REC DATA
/6.3
C88 47 /6.3 0.1
C2 0.01 OPEN AMP C-LPF C-LPF IIC LOGIC
R8 0Ω
SP1 SECAM
D1*D18 R REC LEV.
CLK
I2C_CLK
TRAP CTL
LPF P MAIN MAIN
VCA MUTE SECAM D1*D18 CONV.1 CONV.2

PRE/REC VCC SP SECAM SECAM 2FscVCO LPF

R36 1.8K
2M LPF D5 D5
R2284 R2286 R2283 R2281 C3 0.01 SP P R R P
2.2k OPEN 2.2k 1k LP/EP2 P C.K.
R21 R22 ACC CTL.P.TRAP C GND
100 100 C89 Fh TRAP Fh LOCK CTL X2
C134 0.01 OPEN LP/EP R
C36 QAX0575 R39 0Ω C54 220p
COMMON
Q48 Q1 Q2 PRE/REC COMP MESECAM 2Fsc OUT

R2285 R2287 R2288 2SC4081/S/ 2SC4081/S/ 2SC4081/S/ C90 HPF LEVEL DET1 LEVEL DET2 DET CR DET 4.7
C4 0.01 OPEN AMP SEP /25
1k OPEN OPEN LP/EP1 P PILOT BURST
C35
Q2283 BPF EMPH./DE EMPH. 0.1 R88
R ADD 0Ω
OPEN C8 0.1 X'tal
R37 OPEN OPEN
R77 ENV OUT VCO/XO

22k 1/2
R94
C7 D.FF TP111:DELETE(temp.) 629TRAP PHASE SW. 0Ω Q24
D.FF X1
C2286 C2287 C2285 C2283 0.001 P FM AGC OPEN OPEN
OPEN OPEN OPEN OPEN DOWN CONV.
R38 OPEN C53 OPEN
R P EQ
DET DET C.KILLER
C2005 R2014 SQPB DL ID DET
4.7 /25 220k LPF C34 0.1 B19 2Fsc
Q2278 Q2280 Q2277 Q2275 A.GND DO DET SQPB SQPB ACC DET
2SC4081/QRS/ OPEN 2SC4081/QRS/ 2SC4081/QRS/ C2007 R2013 MOD APC SW OPEN
TO SYSCON 22 /16 6.8k SUB LPF DE MOD D.LIM. SB GAIN G EQ R7 C33 2.2 /50
D_VHS[L] Q49 Q3 Q4 NT on PAL DISCRI REC APC
R2291 0Ω R2015 C2006 C2016 K2002 C2013 CARR./DEV.ADJ CNV. C32 1k R51
H.REC[H] 2SC4081/S/ 2SC4081/S/ 2SC4081/S/ 180 0.012 OPEN SHORT OPEN S-DET R D.E. PB APC 0.01 C31 100 /6.3 2.2k
N.C. P.C. PULSE C VCC OPEN

3
P
D_REC[L] 4.7 C.K. GEN.
R
C2009 0.001 C2008 /25 REC APC
R6 10k C30 0.47
TO A/C HEAD SQPB SQPB
WHITE P
C70 C69 R2016 47k C2010 0.0022 K2001 SHORT ET
EQ
LIM. L11 12µ C29 0.0047
CN1 FBC N.L. P 4PHASE GEN. 1/2
0.1 0.1 ALC SQPB CLEAR 2FL VCO
CN2001 R2017 15k
ET ET
LPF R
SYNC

K2003 SHORT C2011 4.7 /25 ALC

C28 3.3 /50
REC FBC
P/R Y P
C65 OPEN C27 0.022

4p

0.01
BDL YNR Y-LPF
R AGC AGC DET KILLER
Fsc
K2004 SHORT R2057
TANK CARREA R P PB ALC SQUELCH D4 DET OUT
OFFSET

A.E 47k Q2006 MAIN CLAMP

C-SQUELCH
2SC4081/QRS/ EMPHA.

C25
INT D4

C26
R2022 C2017
W.C./D.C
R2051 R2058 R2023 1k P R CH4 CH1

42PIN[L]

42PIN[L]
C2051 Q2052 10 /16 D17 DO DO

6dB
330p OPEN 2SA1576A/QR/ 18k 47k C2021 EXT CTL &REC CH3 CH2
Q2053 R2011 DC PB R P

D1*D24

D1*D24
OPEN R41 R42 R44

6dB
CTL DTC144WUA 10k MAIN LPF CLAMP CLAMP
-10dB -10dB
SYNC SEP L12 22k 680 47k
R2053 Q2051 R2059 DE EMPH. -10dB -10dB D3 OPEN OPEN
4.7k 2SC4081/QRS/ 47k R2021 Y GND Y VCC OPEN Q25
0Ω Q2011 IC1 OPEN
C2053 0.0047 Q2003 OPEN R117 Q10 Q12
R2060 JCP8022-NSD OPEN OPEN
TO SYSCON 18k DTA144WUA
Q2054
CTL[+] 2SA1576A/QR/
MY C2022 R45

OPEN

OPEN
CTL[-] R2054 12k Q2001 OPEN C2012 4.7 /25 R40 15k

D5

D4
C2052 2SC4081/QRS/ C15 33k
GND 0.082 R2020 0.01 OPEN TO SYSCON

OPEN
1k

C62
TO FULL ERASE HEAD R2056 R2018 4.7k A/HS2.FF
82 C61 0.01

0Ω
CN2002 R2052 T2051 L4 A.ENV/ND[L]
OPEN PELN0832 C2055 C2054 R2055 10µ
10 /16 0.022 3.3 A.MUTE[H]

0Ω
R5
F.E D2001 R2019 4.7k
1SS355 C23 H.REC_ST[H]

OPEN
0.1

R4
Q2004

0.5zzzz
BSP_CTL/PALPB[H]

OPEN
DTC144WUA Q2002

OPEN
C91

C92
6.2k
R1
2SC4081/QRS/ C84
22p IND[R]
TO SYSCON L3 C104 IND[L]
10µ OPEN
N.REC[L] L20 LP/EP_SHORT[H]

68µ
SHORT

L2
B18

OPEN
N.REC_ST[H] SP_SHORT[H]

L22
R65 0Ω V/STD/HS1.FF
L15 10µ C59 0.1 OPEN R66 C98 VIDEO_ENV

OPEN
OPEN OPEN
C10 I2C_DATA_A/V
R35 150p C12 SB_GAIN
C60 220/6.3 R23 OPEN 2zzzz 12p C105
1k OPEN I2C_CLK_A/V

47 /6.3
R80

OPEN
R113 Q16 OPEN R48 R72 TRICK[H]

0.01
100 OPEN OPEN R46

0.1
R75
1k 330
SP[H] B26 BITIN/SECAMDET[H]

C.SYNC
TP106 PB FM # OPEN
C11 V.PULSE

C13

C16

C80
C14 C63 R70 C17 C18 C9 C52 C19 C20 C21

C22
0.1 0.1 0.1 R69 C24 C94
Q5 0Ω 3.3 1 2.2 1 10 1
/50 /16 /50 0.1 OPEN 0.1 0Ω NORM/MESEC/S

OPEN
C77 Q17 /50 /50 /50

OPEN
C.SYNC/V.REF

1.8k

B35
0.01 C78 DTC144WUA R34 R33 C.SYNC/V.REF
OPEN 22k OPEN Q32 Q35
VHS[H] R2
1.5k Q34 Q21 L27 L13 OPEN OPEN SB_GAIN
0.5zzzz OPEN 100µ
L14 OPEN SP[H]

V.REF
B50

R3
OPEN EE[L]

R47

OPEN
EE[L]

R73
OPEN C79 C108 C64
OPEN OPEN 12p SECAM[H]
ET_PB[H]
IC2 R25 R27 GRON/MESECAM[H]
B1 R68

2
MM1113 H 10k 1k
OPEN 2.2k Q8 AGC_CTL
OPEN R29
C130 2.2k

OPEN
C95
OPEN Q7 R82 OPEN
H
B3 0Ω ET_PB[H]/AGC_CTL
FROM/TO SECAM Q14
OPEN
VHS[H]

BITIN/SECAMDET[H] C71
0.01 R32
PB_FM C72 L18 1k
SECAM_REC_COLOR 47p SHORT R84 OPEN
L19 EE[L]/5_PB[L]
B46 10µ
EE[L] C73 R85 OPEN
C76 C75 OPEN R24 12p R104 C114 SP[H]
SECAM[H] 0.01 OPEN OPEN C103 6.8k OPEN
OPEN OPEN R92 Q38 Q41

C.SYNC
Fsc 1.5k R54 OPEN
R61 OPEN
OPEN R30 Q9 B8
L17 0Ω R93 C110
OPEN R26 R28 1k Q18 MESECAM[H]
B22 330p 0Ω
8.2k 1k R62 OPEN
OPEN B2 OPEN
OPEN C93 L24
Q31 OPEN C109 18µ
OPEN C74 R31 0.22
12p 1.2k
L26 C106
C107 OPEN 56p L28
FROM/TO SECAM OPEN 15µ R90
GND[S] 470
B45
C.SYNC/V.REF OPEN
L25
SW5[S] OPEN
SECAM_REC_C_4M

SECAM[H]
SECAM_PB_COLOR

NC

B44
OPEN
EE[L]/5_PB[L]

B47
OPEN

0 3 MAIN (VIDEO/AUDIO)
GND
MAIN_ALC_DET

PB_COLOR
C.SYNC/V.REF
REC_COLOR

SECAM_PB_COLOR_2

KILLER_DET
Fsc

Y_TO_AV

Y_TO_SUB

1
V_FROM_AV
TO MAIN-TERMINAL
(NC)BS_VIDEO
TU_VIDEO
VHS[H]

REAR2_V_IN
3_PB[H]

#DIFFERECE TABLE
TO MAIN-TERMINAL
TO SYSCON

TO TUNER/DEMOD

BS_IN
C54

HM-DH30000
4 2SC4081/QRS/-X,2PC4081/R/-X
HM-DH20000 OPEN
4 2SA1576A/QR/-X,2PA1576/R/-X
:Used

p10316001a_rev0

A B C D 4-7 4-8 E F G H
 4.4 MAIN (SYSCON) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM Note : The Parts Number, value and rated voltage etc. in the Schematic Diagram are for references only.
When replacing the parts, refer to the Parts List.

MAIN-TERMINAL
TO MAIN-TERMINAL
VIDEO/AUDIO

TO VIDEO/AUDIO,

TO VIDEO/AUDIO,
TO VIDEO/AUDIO,

MAIN-TERMINAL
MAIN-TERMINAL
TO VIDEO/AUDIO,

TO VIDEO/AUDIO

TO AUDIO I/O
MAIN-TERMINAL

AUDIO I/O

TO
TO

BSA_CTL/SDREC_SEL
LINE2INFO/RGB_CTL

BITIN/SECAMDET[H]
MAIN-TERMINAL

MAIN-TERMINAL

GRON/MESECAM[H]
WIDE_DET/SCR_ID

BSP_CTL/PALPB[H]
LINE1INFO/AV1[H]

LP/EP_SHORT[H]

AV2THROUGH[L]
NORM/MESEC/S
VIDEO/AUDIO

VIDEO/AUDIO

CH2_RECST[H]
CH1_RECST[H]
S_DATA_TOSYS
S_DATA_FRSYS

V/STD/HS1.FF

HS_RECST[H]
C.SYNC/V.REF

D_REC_LEV1

D_REC_LEV2
V/STD/HS1.FF

SLOW_PULSE
SP_SHORT[H]

I2C_DATA_A/V
D-PRE/REC

I2C_DATA_A/V
N.REC_ST[H]
H.REC_ST[H]

I2C_CLK_A/V
AUDIO_CTL1
I2C_CLK_A/V
D/HS1_ENV
A.ENV/ND[L]
SYNCDET

A.IN_SEL_C
A.IN_SEL_A
A.IN_SEL_B
VIDEO_ENV

A.DEC_SEL
FLY_REC[H]
SYNC_DET

A.MUTE[H]
SECAM[H]

HS2_ENV
D_REC[L]

FLY_ON[H]
A/HS2.FF
A/HS2.FF
SB_GAIN
N.REC[L]

D_REC[L]
D_VHS[L]

ET_PB[H]

TRICK[H]
DVHS[L]

H.REC[H]

V.PULSE
3_PB[H]

CN605

VP_CTL
VHS[H]

SW5V
CN3011
S_CLK

HS[H]
IND[R]
IND[L]
CTL[+]

GND
CTL[-]

EE[L]

SW5V

SP[H]
GND
TO

TO

TO

TO

TO

TO

R3260 OPEN
10k
10k
10k
10k
10k
10k
NTSC:SYNC_DET[L]
5

PAL:SYNC_DET[H]
C3050
OPEN

R3254
R3255
R3256
R3257
R3258
R3259
0 3 IC3005
BU2090FS

MAIN[SYSCON]

VCC
FLYRECH
ACTL1
AV2TRH
INSELA
INSELB
INSELC
DECSEL
0.047
TO
MAIN-TERMINAL

C3047

HRECH
DRECL
DVHSL
V_TO_OSD

DATA
GND

HSH
CLK

S-P
TO
ALLSET
CN3005
R3247

1k
GND

R3248

R3249 10k
R3250 10k
R3251 10k
R3252 10k
1k
CVIN
AL5V
NC
NC
KBUS_REQ
KBUS_CLK
KBUS_DATA
OPEN

TO C4014 C4013 C3033 C4011

DRUM MOTOR R4019 R4021 100p 0.056 0.047 0.1

4.7k
CN3001 10k 10k

SHORT

R4016 OPEN
100p
DRUM_12V C4012

# R3276
1

4 GND[M]

C4018
D4001
DRUM_CTL_V

1.8k
R4018 1k

5.6k
R4015
D.PG
R4017 1k

R4014
D.FG

R3275 10k
R3274 10k

1k
1k
# R3277
R4001 OPEN

4.7k
Q4003 C4017 Q4002 DTC114EU

R3272
R3271
DTC114EU 0.0022
IC3004 C4016

SHORT
R4013
BA6956AN 680p

2.2k
LDM2

LDM1

LMC2

LMC1

100

100
100
100
100

100
1k
GND
VCC

10k

1k

1k

1k
1k
1k
1k
1k

1k
1k

1k
1k
1k
1k
Vref

TO C4015

R4020
LOADING MOTOR 330p

R3105
# R3104
R3103
D4002
R4012
R4011
R4010
R4009
R3097
# R3096
R3095
R3094
R3093
R3092
R3091
R3090
R3089
R3088
R3087
R3086
R3085
CN3002 IC3007 R4003

L2INFO/RGB
L1INF_A/AV1

EEL
VHSH
NRECL
CLK
DATA
GND
C3001 BU2090FS 560
0.1
LDM1 C4001 OPEN C4004
Q3001 C3049 R4004
LDM2 2SD1819A/QRS/ 0.047 22 /16 560
2SC4081/QRS/ C3014 47 /6.3

SEHAM[H]

CTLREF
Vss
V.PULSE
Vcc
DFG
DPG
HI_S_FF_REW
REC_AREA
M.PULSE/EDSCE
HOST_RESET
DRUMPWM
CAPPWM
D.FF/STD.FF/HS1.FF
A.FF/HS2.FF
C.SYNC
SYNC_DET
BIT_IN[H]/SECAM_DET
EXP_DATA3
EXP_DATA2
EXP_DATA1
EXP_CLK
REF5
REF30
A.MUTE[H]
N.REC_ST[H]
H.REC_ST[H]
LP_SHORT[H]
SP_SHORT[H]
R3201 2PC4081/R/

L1INF_B

P.SAVEL
10k C3032 0.047

P.CTLH
VUP2L
VUPH
C3002 R3202 C4005

VCC
4.7k R3204

NC
0.01 OPEN
2.2k C4006 Vss
TP4001 CTL(+)
C3003 47 /6.3 R3083 1k
10 /50 R3203 CTL.P SVss
10k
C4003 CTL(-) Vcc

OPEN
R3217 C4010 0.001 HS_RECST[L] R3081 1k

10k
TO 5.6k 0.022 CTLBIAS
C4007 CH2_RECST[H] R3080 1k
CAP MDA R4005 CTLFB VP_CTL

10k

10k
# R3281

R3286

R3278
R3279

R3280
CN3003 5.6k OPEN R3079 1k
2.7k Q4001 CTLAMPOUT FLY_ON[H]
UN5211 C4008 R3078 1k
GND[C] DTC114EUA CTLSMTIN # IC3001 SLOW_P
1
PDTC114WU R4007 1k C4009 HD6432194***F R3077 1k
CAP_FG CFG AT_ON
RN1302 0.056 HD64F2194F*** R3076 100
CAP_CTL_V SVcc I2C DATA2 I2C_DATA2 TO
C4002 R3075 100
SW5V 0.01 AVcc I2C CLK2 I2C_CLK2 TUNER/DEMOD
R3011 4.7k R3074 1k
GND[M] LED/RFAGC/LOCK CH1_RECST[H] BITIN/SECAMDET[H] (NC)
R3012 4.7k R3073 1k
CAP_REV[L] BS_ANT/AFC TU_DATA TU_DATA
C3004 R3013 4.7k R3072 1k TO
NC 0.047 END SENSOR TU_CLK TU_CLK
R3014 4.7k
TUNER/DEMOD
12/17/22V IND[L] MODE BIL_SEL/P50
R3015 4.7k B3001 OPEN
IND[R] Vcc R3069 100 R3231 BSA_CTL/SDREC_SEL (NC)
R3016 4.7k C3037 12p 1k

3 A.ENV/ND(L) OSC2(OUT) R3230

47 /6.3
IC3002

0.047
QAX0527-001 4.7k
R3017 4.7k
ICP-N25

ICP-N25
CP3002

CP4001

X3002 QAX0528-001
START SENSOR Vss QAX0532-001
S-80727AN-DQ
(10M) QAX0533-001 S-80727ANUP
R3018 4.7k EDS_CE
HS2_ENV OSC1(IN) C3036 18p # R3287
R3229 1M

C3031

C3030
R3019 4.7k OSD_CE TO
VIDEO ENV RES R3066 1k 0
SYNCDET
CP

CP

R3020 4.7k C3025 LN21

D_ENV/HS1_ENV X1
TO R3021 4.7k # X3001 C3041
OPEN
ROTARY ENCODER NORM/MESEC/S X2 10p C3027
# R3022 4.7k (32k)
C3024 10 /6.3
CN3004 WAID_DET/SCR_ID NMI QAX0444-001 12p
R3215 10k QAX0445-001 C3026 NBE20JM-106X
LSB R3225 OPEN AVss FWE 0.01 TO
R3216 10k R3062 10k TUNER/DEMOD

COMPU/P50_OUT/TEST
LSC CTL GAIN TU_CE
R3214 10k R3025 0 R3061 1k

BILSEL/P50I/OSDCE
LSA LSA TU_A_MUTE[H] TU_CE

PAUSE/COMPU_IN
R3026 0 R3060 1k #
GND[C] # Q3008 LSB JUSTCLK/LN21 TU_A_MUTE[H]

D_REC_LEVEL1
D_REC_LEVEL2
R3288

S.DATA FRSYS
S.DATA TOSYS
DTA114EU R3027 0 R3059 1k

POWER_DET

REC SAFETY
D3009 11ES2 LSC JUSTCLK/LOCK[L]

K-BUS_OUT
K-BUS_CLK
CAP REV(L)

D_CASS[H]
0

S_CASS[H]
R4008 0 R3058 0

K-BUS_REQ
PROTECT

K-BUS_IN
GRON/MESECAM[H]

SB_GAIN

I2C DATA
#

I2C CLK
R3210

OPEN
# R3057 100

SP FG
TU FG
Q3006 BSP_CTL/PALPB[H]

S.CLK
180

LMC1
LMC2
LMC3
R3205 180

10k
10k
10k
10k
RMO
D3008 2SB1256

STB
R3246 100k

Vss

Vcc
IC3003

RC
11ES2 R3211 R3208 R3209 TU_V_MUTE[H]
R3206 R3207 27k 180 27k 24LC08B/P

R3268
R3269

# R3270
R3273
R3285
18k 18k AT24C08-10PC SW2

A0
A1
A2
VSS
D3006 # R3237 Q3013
11ES2 4.7k PC3002 PC3001 UN521E 0
GP3S123 GP3S123 DTC144WUA SW1

100k
100k
PDTC144WU

4.7k

4.7k
4.7k
4.7k
TAKE UP SUPPLY R3241 10k

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
D3007

100k
Q3007 RN1309 LED/RF_AGC

1k
VCC
TO

SDA
IC3006

SCL
11ES2 Q3002 REEL SENSOR REEL SENSOR # R3289

0
0
0
0

0
0
0
R3242 OPEN

WP
2SB1256 Q3003 BU2090FS
MAIN-TERMINAL PTZ-NV16A PTZ-NV16A BS_ANT/AFC

0
SHORT
START

1SS133
END

4.7k
# R3239 SENSOR
2.2k SENSOR C3048

R3243
R3244
R3245
P.SAVE[L] R3238

# R3033
R3034
R3035
R3036
R3037
R3038
R3039
R3040
R3041
R3042

R3044

R3046
R3047
R3048
R3049
R3050
R3051
R3052
R3053
R3054
R3055
R3056
4.7k 0.047
R3283

R3029
R3030

VCC
SP[H]
ETPBH
ANTCTL
SDREC
TRICK[H]
3PB[H]
NC
NC
P.CTL[H] 10k
R3240
AL23V 2.2k

D3010
# D3011
R3284
AL17V # Q3009 C3046 C3045 OPEN
OPEN OPEN R3224 R3223
C3022

DTC114TU D3001
0.047

BS/PLPBH
GR/MESH
M12V 1.5k 1.5k Q3012

VMUTEH
LNB2301L01VI UN521E Q3014
GND Q3010 Q3005 Q3011 DTC144WUA CN3010 OPEN
TO DIGITAL (HOST)
DTC114TU 2SD1819A/QRS/

DATA
CN8002

GND

SW1
SW2
OPEN PDTC144WU

CLK
GND[M] 2SC4081/QRS/ RN1309
2PC4081/R/ CN3009

SII
SIO
AL5V
FWE
RESET
GND
AL6V

3.3k
3.3k
10k

10k
10k
D3002 1SS133 S3002 KBUS_DATA

0.047
0.047
0.047

0.047
R3226 100k
SW5V QSW0695-001
R3212 470k S.CASS R3261 GND
SW12V

R3282

R3235
R3236

R3227
R3228
Q3015 1k
Q3004 2SD1819A/QRS/ KBUS_CLK

C3040

C3042
C3043

C3016
48V 2SC4081/QRS/ R3222 OPEN
R3218 2PC4081/R/ 10k KBUS_REQ

R3263 10k
R3264 10k
R3265 10k
# R3266 10k
R3267 10k
2 4.7k
D3003
RD39ES/B3/
MTZJ39C R3219
C3012 C3013
R3262 1k
HOST_RESET
REF5
47 /6.3 0.01
4.7k REF30
R3220 R3213 HS1_FF
D3005 100k 330k
11ES2 HS2_FF
AT_ON
D3004 REC_AREA
11ES2
RXD
QETN0JM-108Z
TXD
C3011
JLIP[L]
P.MUTE[L]

C3010 NC
TO QEZ0244-229
MAIN-TERMINAL
AL5V TO
MAIN-TERMINAL

TO DISPLAY P.MUTE[L]
CN7002
JLIP[L]
CN3008
TXD
RCU_5V
RXD
BACK_UP_GND
BIL_SEL/P50
REC_SAFETY
I2C_CLK2
S_CLK
I2C_DATA2
S_DATA_TOSYS
RMO
S_DATA_FRSYS
PAUSE/COMPU
STB
RC_IN
GND
D_CASS_SW

1 : Used
# OPTION : Not used

R3287 R3289 R3096 D3008 R3239 R3022 IC3001 D3011

R3104 R3270 Q3006 R3266
R3276 Q3008 R3288
R3277 Q3009
R3281 R3237

DH25000 HD6432194SAD29F
HD64F2194CFD29

DH35000 HD6432194SAD29F
HD64F2194CFD29

DH30000U HD6432194SXD28F
HD64F2194CFD28

p10382001a_rev0

A B C D 4-9 4-10 E F G H
 4.5 MAIN (TUNER/DEMOD) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
Note : The Parts Number, value and rated voltage etc. in the Schematic Diagram are for references only.
When replacing the parts, refer to the Parts List.

TO
# L6005
MAIN-TERMINAL
#IC6501
0 3 MAIN[TUNER/DEMOD] BT2
RF5V
US uPC1854AGT
JPN CXA2020M

SW5V
SW12V GND
#

# B6607

# B6035

# B6566
AL6V off-set TEST OUTPUT AMP MAIN
TU6001 ANT IN ANT OUT MATRIX
Absorption

5 GND IIL & OUTPUT SW OUT

Wideband Timing Spectral SUBDEEM MAINDEEM
MATSUSHITA # L6002 MAIN
off-set RMS Current RMS
SHORT # Q6551 TO Adsorption L R
PAL/MS NTSC 2SC1740S/QRS/
MAIN-TERMINAL SUB
2.1k
BB(AL5V) NC(GND) 2SC3199/YG/ AL5V LPF FM MATRIX
DEMOD
off-set VCA IIL LOGIC & CONT
Absorption
AUDIO IN AUDIO IN Wideband Spectral SUB
V.E. 3.5fH 952Hz
filter filter DET
CLOCK CLOCK
# ST VCO CUE
# R6551 R6552 Filter BUFFER CARRIER
Mode SAP VCO 3.5fH
MOD SDA CH SW 270 100 # # adjust BIAS SUB
VCO
C6554 C6553 Selector Filter CURRENT BPF
0.01 400LPF BIAS
fH
trap VOLTAGE
4.5fH CUE AM 952Hz LED
MOD B(AL5V) MOD B(SW5V) # # TRAP BPF DEMOD BPF
COMP
DRIVE
# C6551 C6552 D6551 ST/SAP IBIAS
VOLTAGE
0.01 LPF REGULATOR
47 /16 SW

IN AMP
MOD SCL CONV.CTL(H)
MPXSIGNAL
Filter
L+R ST
MTZJ10B De Em PC
VIDEO IN VIDEO IN LPF LPF SAP
ST VCO
BPF
Phase Loop SAP
1/2/00
det filter VCO
# R6654 # R6660 Sub
NC NC(GND) det 1/2/00 off-set
2.7k 2.2k
Absorption
SAP
SAP VCO
# IC6651 det
# R6508 # Q6501 1/4/00
RF AGC (RF AGC) SAP
# UPD4013BG DTC143T
LPF

270p

# B6612
R6650 OUT1 VCC
470k CH ST

# R6659
Q1 VCC # VCO
(BT) (BT) # R6025

22k
10k - # R6509 C6519 Pilot Phase Noise Noise

# C6652
Q1 Q2 1/2 DET DET
ATT
BPF det
0 OUT2
# -
R6653 CLK1 Q2 GND
TU CE TU CE
470k

3.9k
0 0 RESET1 CLK2
#

# R6655
470k
PLL CLK PLL CLK R6652 D1 RESET2 # Q6502

22k

# R6658
39k DTC143T

39k
GND 0 SET1 D2

# B6510
# R6651
GND SET2

# R6657
PLL DATA PLL DATA #

R6656
# R6511 C6520
# IC6650

39k
BA15218F DEMOD[L] TO AUDIO I/O

#
NC NC(5V) #
C6650 # C6651 # R6510 GND TO VIDEO/AUDIO
0.047 0.01
DEMOD[R] TO AUDIO I/O
4 MB(SW5V) MB(SW5V)
# B6614 TU_AUDIO TO VIDEO/AUDIO

# R6601
LOCK(L) LOCK(L)
# DIFFERENCE TABLE
# CN6701 : Used : Not used
TU(30V) TU(30V) PAL/MS
ANT IN ANT OUT JAPAN
# TU6001 TUNER SYMBOL US DEMOD SYMBOL JAPAN US
IF OUT IF OUT NC
ALPS # # R6553 DH30000 DH20000
# C6608 # 470
IF IN PAL/MS NTSC 0.01 # C6514 # R6507 R6505 R6604
MATSUSHITA MATSUSHITA ALPS DEMOD PWB ASSY CN6701
IF IN # C6014 0.01 10 /16 33k 5.1k 10k # B6552 I2C
_DATA TU6001
BB(AL5V) # # # # R6554 TUNER QAU0198 QAU0198 QAU0163 R6551,R6552

# B6503

# B6604

# B6603

# B6502
C6518 C6517 C6516
470

# B6610
10 /50 10 /50

# B6613
I2C 9V REG Q6551,D6551
SW 1 NC AUDIO IN AUDIO IN _CLK R6025,B6035
# # # B6554
C6605 # # # # R6513 TU C6551,C6552
1/50
# B6605
R6506 C6604 C6511
10k _MUTE ATS+ K6080
SW 2 NC MOD SDA CH SW C6515 33k 10 /50 1/50
1/50 C6553
DEMOD R6030,Q6030 DEMOD REG
# # # # # # # _[R] VIDEO BUFFER
AUDIO OUT AUDIO OUT MOD B(AL5V) MOD B(SW5V) C6513 C6512 R6504 C6510 C6554
IC6501 1/50 R6515 R6514 B6030 PASS CON

DEMOD C6555
SIF OUT (SIF OUT) MOD SCL CONV.CTL(H) _[L] Q6031
C6608
SW5V R6031 1k 1k 0
AFT AFT VIDEO IN VIDEO IN # C6555
SW12V B6607
TU_V_MUTE R6034
GND
VIDEO OUT VIDEO OUT TU(30V) # B6563 R6508 R6510 12k 3.9k
C6033 0.0047 0.0047
COMP DEMOD OUT R6509,R6511 3.3k 1.2k
MB(SW5V) NC(OPEN) B6032
RF AGC (RF AGC) # B6565 C6520 C6519 5600p
# R6024 SIF Q6032
# R6023 TU_A_MUTE MUTE Q6501,Q6502
NC NC
B6033
OPEN
TU CE TU CE
# R6022 OPEN R6032 0 0 12k
TUNER MONO B6510
0 # C6022 R6553,R6554

3 PLL CLK PLL CLK

# R6020
0 # C6020
R6033

R6038
12k
B6552,B6554

# R6021 AUDIO OUT

DEMOD B6563
PLL DATA PLL DATA 0 # C6021 # # # # # # C6032 SELECTION
# L6001 C6502 C6503
C6603
R6502 R6503 C6509 B6565
10 /50
0.1 1 /50 # 330k 120k 0.1 B6034

# B6602
NC NC
# C6007 C6505 B6566

# R6501
1k
C6037
MB(SW5V) MB(SW5V) R6601
# C6008 # # #
# B6609 C6501 C6601 R6603 B6001
22 /16 10 /50 # 4.7k AFC IC6501 CXA2020M uPC1854AGT
LOCK(L) LOCK(L) C6504 C6024
# C6023 # B6501 # B6601 4.7 /10 IC6650, IC6651
TU(30V) TU(30V) CENELEC C6027,C6028
# C6006 0.01 # # C6506 # # C6508 # R6602 R6602-R6604
C6602 0.1 /50 C6507 0.47 5.6k #
220 /10 0.047 /50 VR6601 C6005 R6650-R6660
# C6005 22k
TP TP # B6611 C6601-C6605,
10 /50
B6504 # TU(30V) C6006 C6650-C6652
IF OUT IF OUT D6002 HZ30-2L # C6037 # L6031 # R6032 B6601-B6606
# K6080

L6005 SHORT SHORT SHORT

600

10 /6.3 SHORT SEPARATION

B6611,B6613
# C6027 220p C6007 1000/6.3 1000/6.3 VR6601,D6650
SW 1
# B6034 # Q6032 MB(SW5V) C6008
# C6028 220p DTC144E
B6612

SW 2 L6001 1 1 SHORT R6501-R6503,

# R6038 DEMOD IC
5.6k APPLICATION R6505-R6507,
BB(AL5V) C6014,L6002
AUDIO OUT AUDIO OUT
C6501-C6504,
# R6033 R6020 1k 1k 1k C6506-C6508,
SIF OUT SIF OUT
# C6024 # C6032 PLL CLK R6023 C6510,C6511,
0.056 0.047
C6514-C6517,
AFT AFT C6020 B6501-B6505

R6021 1k 1k 1k R6504 0.01 µ F 3k

VIDEO OUT VIDEO OUT

PLL DATA R6024 R6513

2 # R6060
10k # R6031 L6032
SHORT
# R6034
1M
# B6030
# R6030
1k # B6608
TO
VIDEO/AUDIO,
MAIN-TERMINAL
C6021 R6514, R6515

TU_VIDEO R6022 1k 1k C6505 10/50 10/50

TU CE
# C6033 GND
C6022 1M 1M C6509 2.2k 0.1 µ F
# R6061
10k OPEN TO GR
CN1901 LOCK C6023 C6512,C6518 10/50 1/50
5.07MHz
# Q6031
DTC144E # CN1901
# B6033 SYSTEM SW R6060,R6061 C6513 1/50 3.3/50
AL17V
TO B6608
BS_P.CTL B6610
SYSCON # Q6030 GR
# B6032 2SB1218A/QR AL6V
2SA1576A/QR CN1901 TU AUDIO B6614
TU_CE 2PA1576/R SW12V
TU_DATA GND(C)
TU_CLK I2C_DATA
I2C_CLK2 I2C_CLK
I2C_DATA2 # B6001 BIT_IN
BS_ANT/AFC ANT_CTL
TU_A_MUTE[H] BS_ANT
TU_V_MUTE[H] TU_VIDEO
BIL_SEL/P50 GR_ON(H)
LED/RF_AGC GR_VIDEO
JUSTCLK/LOCK[L]
SW2
SW1 OPEN
GRON/MESECAM[H]
BSP_CTL/PALPB[H]

p10323001a_rev0

A B C D 4-11 4-12 E F G H
 4.6 MAIN (AUDIO I/O) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

Note : The Parts Number, value and rated voltage etc. in the Schematic Diagram are for references only.
When replacing the parts, refer to the Parts List.
5

0 3 MAIN (AUDIO I/O)

# # # # # R2651
# R2619 R2621 C2615 C2611 R2623 R2631 R2632 R2633 C2618 C2617 R2635 22k
C2625 10k OPEN 0.01 3.3k 10k 47k 15k OPEN 47 /25 3.3k
10 /16
# R2650
22k
NC C2613 C2620 # R2641
OPEN IC2606 # 220
BS_AUDIO[L] # BA15218F OPEN C2619 TO MAIN-TERMINAL
TO BS TUNER R2620 R2622 47 /25
BS_AUDIO[R] DEC_OUT[L]
47k #
DEMOD[L] R2624 R2652 R2634 DEC_OUT[R]
TO TUNER/DEMOD 10k 220 10k
DEMOD[R] # R2642
220
C2627 C2629
OPEN OPEN
#
C2626
10 /16 VSS VEE INH Z0 Z Z1 Y0 Y1 VSS VEE INH Z0 Z Z1 Y0 Y1
# IC2608
BA15218F D2602
VEE VEE OPEN
# R2654
IC2607 150 TO MAIN-TERMINAL
4 BU4053BCF AUDIO[-]

VCC GND
VCC
AL5V
C B A X0 X1 X Y VDD C B A X0 X1 X Y VDD R2656
39
C2628 C2630
OPEN OPEN

# TO
C2614 R2628 R2653 R2638
# OPEN 10k 220 VIDEO/AUDIO
10k
R2625 R2627 FMA_OUT[L]
47k
IC2605 R2645 C2624 FMA_OUT[R]
BU4053BCF C2612 OPEN OPEN GND
0.01 # FMA_IN[L]
C2623 AUDIO_IN[L]
R2630 # C2616 # 47 /25 # FMA_IN[R]
OPEN R2626 OPEN R2639 AUDIO_IN[R]
R2629 C2621 C2622
3.3k R2636 R2637 3.3k 47 /25 OPEN
47k 15k
TO
MAIN-TERMINAL
RCA_IN[L]
RCA_IN[R]

A.IN1[L]
A.IN1[R]
TO
MAIN-TERMINAL
A/D_IN[L]
A.IN2[L] AUDIO_IN[L]
3 A.IN2[R]
A/D_IN[R]
AUDIO_IN[R]
GND GND
D/A_OUT[L]
D/A_OUT[R]
F.AUDIO[L]
F.AUDIO[R] R2646
47k
GND R2602 Q2603 Q2604
22k DTC114TUA DTC114TUA
TO
C2601 VIDEO/AUDIO
R2610 R2611 R2612 R2648 R2613 R2601 R2603 47 /16 IND.IN[L]
10k 1k 1k 47k 1k 10k 1k AUDIO_OUT[L]
IND_IN[R]
AUDIO_OUT[R]

C2607 C2609 R2643 R2644 C2604

OPEN OPEN 220 220 OPEN C2603
IC2601 47 /16
BU4052BCF

R2606 TO
220 MAIN-TERMINAL
R2655 LINE_OUT[L]
1k AUDIO_OUT[L]
TO
VSS VEE INH Y1 Y3 Y Y2 Y0 VSS VEE INH Y1 Y3 Y Y2 Y0 LINE_OUT[R]
SYSCON
AUDIO_OUT[R]
A.DEC_SEL VEE Q2602 VEE R2607
DTA114EUA 220
A.IN_SEL_A
A.IN_SEL_B TO SYSCON
2 A.IN_SEL_C VCC VCC A.MUTE[H]
B A X3 X0 X X1 X2 VDD B A X3 X0 X X1 X2 VDD AUDIO_CTL1
AV2THROUGH[L]
R2617
OPEN

IC2602
BA15218F
IC2603 C2610 IC2604 R2640
BU4052BCF OPEN BA15218F 1k D2601 C2606
DAN202U OPEN
R2618
OPEN C2605 C2602
C2608 R2609 47 /16 47 /16
R2614 R2649 R2615 R2616 OPEN OPEN R2604 R2605
1k 47k 1k 1k 1k 22k
R2608
OPEN

Q2601
DTC144WUA

R2647 47k

1 #DIFFERENCE TABLE : Used : Not used

SYMBOL C2625 R2620 R2621 IC2607 R2631 ,R2634 ,R2635 C2617 ,C2619
C2626 R2625 R2626 IC2608 R2638 ,R2639 ,R2641 C2621 ,C2623
MODEL R2642 ,R2650 ,R2651

JPN 6.8k 10k

US
EU /EK /MS 1k 47k

p20194001a_rev0

A B C D 4-13 4-14 E F G H
 Note : The Parts Number, value and rated voltage etc. in the Schematic Diagram are for references only.
4.7 MAIN (SYNCDET) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM When replacing the parts, refer to the Parts List.

0 3 MAIN (SYNCDET)

# R214 SHORT

# R213 SHORT
# L201

# C219 OPEN
SHORT

TO MAIN-TERMINAL # R216 # R223

OPEN SHORT
# C220 #
# C222 0.01 C218
SW12V 1
1
NONBU5V

SHORT
# B210
GND #
# R217 # R215 C217
10k 10k 1

VDD1

RST

CPDT

CS2

SEPIN

SEPOUT

CDLR

SYNIN

VDD1

CVIN

VSS2

CVOUT
(OPEN)
TO MAIN-TERMINAL
V_TO_OSD
2Fsc # C201 IC201
220 /6.3 # C202
0.22 # LC74785N -9762
TO VIDEO/AUDIO

SYNCDET
OSCOUT
CHABLK
XTALIN

OSCIN

SDATA
MUTE

VDD2
SCLK
VSS1

LN21

CS1
## R251
## ## 10k
## R254 R253 R252
# R202 # R204 8.2k 12k 1.5k
OPEN SHORT ## Q252 ## Q251
2SA1576/RS ## D251
# R206 ## C252 DA204U DTC144W
OPEN ## R256 100k 0.01

OPEN

OPEN

OPEN
# R203
# B214 OPEN
SHORT # R208
10k ## C255
3 ##

# C208

# C210

# C211
# R201 # L202 # C204 # B202 # C216 0.1
SHORT SHORT 0.01 SHORT # C215 220 /6.3 Q253
0.22 2SC4081/RS ##
## R257 ## C253
TO SYSCON # C203 # C205 330 C254 ## R255 ##
# Q204 OPEN OPEN OPEN 22k
EDS_CE OPEN # C225 470p ##
# C251
OPEN 2.2 /50
S_DATA_TOSYS Q205 LF251
DTC144W
GND
DET[L] PELN0806
SYNC_DET
LN21
OSD_CE
S_CLK
S_DATA_FRSYS
#MARK: EDS FUNCTION WITH OSD IC MODEL ONLY
##MARK: OTHERS

p30093001a_rev0

A B C D 4-15 4-16 E F G H
 4.8 MAIN (MAIN-TERMINAL) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

Note : The Parts Number, value and rated voltage etc. in the Schematic Diagram are for references only.
When replacing the parts, refer to the Parts List.

OPEN

REAR2_V_IN/TUNER_V
SECAM_PB_COLOR_2

LINE1INFO/I2C_DATA2
LINE2INFO/I2C_CLK2
GND (CHARA_DATA)

TO TERMINAL-NTSC

TO TERMINAL-NTSC
BIAS_FOR_C_OUT
TO 3D DIGITAL/4M
BIAS_FOR_C_OUT

/SW5V
MAIN_ALC_DET

PAUSE/COMPU
SAT_CTL_OUT
C_FROM_DIGI

C_FROM_DIGI
Y_FROM_DIGI

Y_FROM_DIGI
SLOW_PULSE
I2C_DATA_A/V

I2C_DATA_A/V
OPEN

FRONT_C_IN
REC_COLOR

I2C_CLK_A/V

I2C_CLK_A/V

RF5V/SW12V
FRONT_V_IN

FRONT_Y_IN

REAR1_C_IN

REAR2_C_IN

LINE_OUT[R]
Y/V_TO_DIGI

Y/V_TO_DIGI
REAR1_V_IN

REAR1_V_IN

REAR1_Y_IN

REAR2_Y_IN
V_FROM_OSD

DEC_OUT[R]
KILLER_DET

LINE_OUT[L]
V_FROM_AV

DEC_OUT[L]
5 OPEN

PB_COLOR
REAR1_C_IN

REAR2_C_IN
REAR1_Y_IN

REAR2_Y_IN

V_TO_OSD
FROM_PS_C

C_TO_DIGI

C_TO_DIGI
FROM_PS_Y

Y_TO_SUB
WIDE_DET

RCA_IN[R]
RCA_IN[L]
P.MUTE[L]
CN7109
TO S-SUB

TO S-SUB

Y_TO_AV

TRICK[H]
V.PULSE

SW5V[2]
V.P_CTL

CH+12V

A.IN2[R]

A.IN1[R]
TO_PS_C

CN7103

CN7104

CN7105

P50_I/O

SCR_ID

CN7106
TO_PS_Y

A.IN2[L]

A.IN1[L]
FROM/TO

CN1401

CN7102

CN7101
# CN7102

SW5V[2]
SW5V[2]

JLIP[L]
CN512

CN511

SW5V
SW5V

V.REF
C_OUT
Y_OUT

EE[L]

EE[L]
GND

GND

GND
GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND
S_SUB

D.FF

RXD

TXD
Fsc

Fsc

NC
GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND
FROM/TO
P/S_CONVERTER
# CN7101 #

SHORT
B7106

R7124
SW12V
OPEN
SW12V TO
# TUNER/DEMOD
S-P[H]/P-S[L] B7105

R7123

OPEN
0Ω RF5V
GND
GND # R7120

GND
EE[L]
TO VIDEO/AUDIO, SYSCON OPEN
TUNER/DEMOD,
SYNCDET
TO VIDEO/AUDIO, SYSCON
TUNER/DEMOD, SW5V
SYNCDET SW12V
TO AUDIO I/O AUDIO[-]
(NC) BS_SW5V
# Q7101 2SD2144S/UV/ TP7101 TO DIGITAL(AUDIO AD/DA)
CN9801
Y_OUT CN7107
TO SUB REG
CN5503 # R7101
CN5601 220 Y_IN
# C7102 # R7122
BS_SW5V 100 /16 GND
AUDIO[-] C_IN
P.SAVE[L] # C7101 GND
47 /16

4 P.CTL[H]
SW12V # L7101 10µ
A/D_IN[L]
GND
SW12V A/D_IN[R]
M12V # B7101 # B7102 GND
# C7105 # C7115
0.01 0Ω 0.01
M12V 0Ω # R7118 D/A_OUT[L]
GND[M] # C7110 GND
# IC7101 10 /16

# R7119
GND[M] # C7117 D/A_OUT[R]

# B2601
MM1504 Vcc SW 0.01
GND 6dB # C7116 NC
47 /16

(clanp)

(clanp)
GND
# C7111
SW5V 0.01
# IC7102 # IC7103

IN2

IN1
GND
SW5V # C7103 MM1504 MM1502
10 /16 Vcc SW Vcc SW
TO
AL6V 6dB 6dB
AUDIO I/O

(clanp)

(clanp)
AL6V #

(bias)

(bias)
C7104 D/A_OUT[R]
AL5V 0.01 # R7109

IN2

IN1

IN2

IN1
B7104 # R7106 GND
10k
GND D/A_OUT[L]
BT2 10k A/D_IN[R]
OPEN # Q7102 2SD1450/ST/ AUDIO_IN[R]
48V 2SD1302/ST/ A/D_IN[L]
# R7104 # C7113 AUDIO_IN[L]
AL17V 2.2k # 0.01
# R7107 C7114 GND
AL23V 2.2k 0.01
# Q7103 # C7108
# R7102 10 /16
220 # Q7104
TO SYSCON AL23V # C7107
# C7106 100 /16 # R7105
TO SYSCON AL17V 47 /25 2.2k
# C7109 # R7108 # R7117
TO SYSCON 48V 10 /16 2.2k 10 1/2W
# R7103 # D7101 QRE123J-100X TO
TO TUNER/DEMOD BT2 47k MTZJ11C TUNER/DEMOD
TO SYSCON, RD11ES/B3/ # C7112 # R7114
TO TUNER/DEMOD, AL5V 47 /16 # C7118 TU_VIDEO
TUNER/DEMOD 0.01
AUDIO I/O
AL6V GND
GND TO
TO SYSCON, # B7103 0Ω SYSCON
GND[M]
TUNER/DEMOD, TO SYSCON
AUDIO I/O M12V TXD
# R7110
RXD
# R7111
3 TO
SYSCON
P.CTL[H]
# R7121
# R7112
JLIP[L]
GND
AL5V
P.SAVE[L] # R7113 # R7115 # Q7105
220 2SC1317/RS/-T
LINE2INFO/RGB_CTL
LINE1INFO/AV1[H]
# L7102 100µ
GND # R7116
I2C_CLK2 4.7k # C7119
I2C_DATA2 470 /6.3V

BIL_SEL/P50
WIDE_DET/SCR_ID
PAUSE/COMPU TO JACK
CN7191
RMO CN901
SLOW_PULSE
FRONT_C_IN
TRICK[H]
GND
V/STD/HS1.FF
FRONT_Y_IN
VP_CTL
GND
I2C_CLK_A/V
GND
I2C_DATA_A/V
FRONT_V_IN
P.MUTE(L)
GND
V.PULSE
F.AUDIO[L]
BSA_CTL/SDREC_SEL
GND
S-P[H]
F.AUDIO[R]

LINE_OUT[R]
LINE_OUT[L]
GND
0 3 MAIN (MAIN-TERMINAL)

A.IN1[R]
GND
AUDIO_OUT[L]
AUDIO_OUT[R]
RCA_IN[L]
RCA_IN[R]

GND
F.AUDIO[L]
F.AUDIO[R]
A.IN1[L]
A.IN2[R]
DEC_OUT[R]

A.IN2[L]
C.SYNC/V.REF

DEC_OUT[L]
KILLER_DET
REAR2_V_IN
Fsc
REC_COLOR

PB_COLOR
V_TO_OSD

Y_TO_SUB
MAIN_ALC_DET
V_FROM_AV

SECAM_PB_COLOR_2
GND

GND

GND

Y_TO_AV

AUDIO I/O
TO_PS_C
FROM_PS_C
TO_PS_Y
FROM_PS_Y
P/S_CONVERTER

SW5V[2]
SW5V[2]

I2C_CLK2
I2C_DATA2

VIDEO/AUDIO

VIDEO/AUDIO
2
# CN7108

TO
FROM/TO

TO

TO
VIDEO/AUDIO

OPEN
TO SYSCON,
SYNCDET
TO

# OPTION
: Used : Not used
C7103 C7115 L7101 B7106 R7103 C7119 B7105 B7103 B7101 R7110 R7120 R7112 R7118 B2601
C7104 C7116 Q7103 C7101 L7102 B7102 R7111 R7113 R7122
C7105 C7117 Q7104 C7102 Q7105 R7114
C7108 C7118 R7104 C7106 R7115 R7119
C7109 CN7101 R7105 C7107 R7116 R7121
C7110 CN7102 R7106 D7101 R7117
C7111 CN7108 R7107 Q7101
C7112 IC7101 R7108 Q7102
C7113 IC7102 R7109 R7101
C7114 IC7103 R7102

HM-DH30000
A-HD2000* SHORT SHORT SHORT

HM-DH20000 SHORT SHORT

HM-DH30000U SHORT

HM-DR20000EU&EK SHORT

1 HM-DR20000MS SHORT

p10318001a_rev0

A B C D 4-17 4-18 E F G H
 Note : The Parts Number, value and rated voltage etc. in the Schematic Diagram are for references only.
4.9 3D DIGITAL/4M SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
When replacing the parts, refer to the Parts List.

0 5 3D DIGITAL/4M
R1447 1k

CH
C1459 47p
R1448 1k

CH
C1460 47p

0.1

0.1

0.1
R1449 1k

CH

C1455

C1454

C1453
C1461 47p

# B1407
# B1408

# B1401
# B1402
# B1403
# B1404
# B1405
# B1406
5 LC1402 QQR0657-010

R1446
1k
R1450 1k

CH
C1462 47p
# # R1451 470

RSTW
SWRCK
MON3
TS1
DRAMTE

MCO0
MCO1
MCO2
MCO3

MCO4
MCO5
MCO6
MCO7
VDD25

VDD33
VSS
CWE
# IC1402

VSS25

VDD33
VSS
MN47V77S
R1452 1k
MON2 RSTR

C1430
0.1
CH
# # B1411 MON1 MCI7 DO7 DI7
##
C1464 47p MON0 MCI6 DO6 DI6
R1453 1k
VDD33 MCI5 DO5 DI5

CH
SLOWP MCI4 DO4 DI4
# # D1403
C1465 47p DAP202 TRICK CRE VDD VDD
DFFI MCI3 RCK WCK
R1404 ## VR MCI2 RRST WRST #
C1406 0.01 1.8k R1405 C1405 C1457
C1408 0.1 VPLS MCI1 OE TEST

R1407
0.1

2.7k
2.2k ## # C1458

CH
Q1402 33p VSS IC1401 MCI0 GND GND
C1404 R1406 B1420 JCP8026 0.1
## SDATA MINTEST RE WE
Q1422 0.1 Q1403
L1402 470 SCLK TCLK DO3 DI3
##
Q1419 CH 6.8µ C1409 KILLER CKMODE DO2 DI2
39p ## # # C1431

240
DTC124T C1407 0.1
68p
CH R1408 VDD25 MTO DO1 DI1
3.3k ## C1432 1 C1452 0.1
C1433 B1416 COMP VDD25 DO0 DI0
C1463 33
/6.3 AVDD1 RST

R1410
0.1
COUT VDD33

4 R1460 27k R1441 6.8k

##
AVSS1
YOUT VOUT
VSS ##
C1450 0.1
## #

220
0.1 C1449 0.1 Q1416 C1456

TCPOUT
IREF VDD33

PCOMP
CLAMP
330 /6.3

PVREF
AVDD2

AVDD3

AVDD4
AVSS2

AVSS3
C1434 DTC114EUA

FSCIN

PIREF
VRBC
VRBY

RFSC
VRTC
VREF

PFSC
VRTY
YVIN
UN5211

CIN
R1442 Q1404 RN1302
R1434 15k C1448

R1415
6.8k R1411 330 /6.3
C1413

R1440
1.5k

CH
## 33p

47k
TO MAIN(MAIN-TERMINAL) ## R1414
CN7104 B1409 C1410 R1412 820 R1439 ##
2.2k R1457 1.8k #
CN1401 L1408

1
R1413 27k 4.7µ
SLOW_PULSE L1403 470 B1417
4.7 0Ω

R1438

47k
TRICK[H] /25

C1442
6.8µ ## C1447 ##
D.FF Q1414 CH C1414 C1445 Q1415
C1411 Q1406 39p 0.1 0.1 DTC114EUA
V.REF 0.1
CH C1412 C1415 UN5211
RN1302

0.1

0.1
V.P_CTL 68p 0.1 Q1407
R1435 C1451
I2C_DATA_A/V 10k C1446

0.1
0.1

0.1
100 /6.3 4.7

C1472

C1438
I2C_CLK_A/V /25
C1466 47p
KILLER_DET VR1401 ##

VR1401

C1444
R1456 12k

C1436

C1440

3.9k
L1405 D/A LEVEL ADJ.

10k
C_FROM_DIGI

0.1

0.1

0.1
0.1
GND
D1402

0.1
Y_FROM_DIGI 10µ L1407

##
C1441

C1443

R1437
C1429 R1436 10µ

C1437

C1473
EE[L]
C1403 330 3.9k

C1435
Y/V_TO_DIGI /6.3 330
C1467 47p /6.3
SW5V[2] R1454 1k
C_TO_DIGI

C1439
GND B1419

1
Fsc R1427
0Ω
L1401 33k

10µ
3 C1468 47p
R1459
680
##
##
Q1420
##
Q1421
C1416
Q1408
2SC4081(S)
R1463 R1417 C1417
0.1
100
10 /16

Q1401 R1416
2SC1317(RS) Q1418 ## 100k R1418
R1461 470

R1401
LC1401 270 C1424
0.01 C1425
QQR0657-013 R1402 R1428 0.01
100 R1462 39k

0Ω
C1401 C1402
33 0.01
/16

D1401 R1430 R1432

RD4.3ESB2 2.2k
MTZJ4.3B-T2 1.8k
##
C1427

CH
6p
C1421

C1471
## Q1412

CH
33p R1425 L1406

0.1
R1458 R1431
560
33µ 820 Q1413
R1421 330 L1404 C1423
CH CH
0.1
# # B1418 6.8µ C1426 C1428
Q1410 39p 22p R1433
Q1417 R1429 51
1.5k
CH CH

##
C1420 C1422
2 ##
C1469 47p 68p
R1426
820

##
CH

## C1470
L1409 1µ 33p

R1455
680

1
: Used
## MARK ELEMENTS ARE NOT MOUNTED. # DIFFERENCE TABLE : Not used
1SS133 OR 1N4148
2SA1576A(QR) OR 2PA1576 IC1402,L1408 B1401-B1408
SYSTEM C1456,C1457,C1458,
2SC4081(QRS) OR 2PC4081
DTC144WUA OR UN521E OR RN1309

4M

2M

p10277001a_rev1

A B C D 4-19 4-20 E F G H
 4.10 TERMINAL-NTSC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

OPEN

TO DIGITAL (VIDEO IF)

TO MAIN (BS TUNER)
Note : The Parts Number, value and rated voltage etc. in the Schematic Diagram are for references only.

DET_OUT

D-Y_OUT
BIT_OUT
When replacing the parts, refer to the Parts List.

Cb_OUT

Cr_OUT
# CN7103

DET_IN

C_OUT
Y_OUT
CN6202

CN8803
CN7104
BIT_IN
GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND
5 # B7118

# R7146 8.2k
B7115 OPEN
C7122
OPEN # R7147 8.2k

OPEN TO TERM SUB # R7148 10k

WR7202
# B7111 C7123
OPEN

OPEN

OPEN

OPEN
L7103 # B7112
OPEN
# J7126

B7103

B7104

B7105
R7156 R7155 R7154 WR7201
C7129 OPEN OPEN OPEN WR7203 C7117 C7118 D1/D3
OPEN 10 /16 0.01 # B7113 C7124
TO TERM SUB OPEN
C7128
OPEN
# R7153
75
# J7119
DET_IN
# J7120
DET_OUT
OPEN R7141
OPEN
IC7102 R7140
Q7103
OPEN
MM1511XN-X OPEN R7142
OPEN Y Cb Cr OPEN
Y GND C C7119
C7130 47 /6.3 R7143 R7145 D7101 D7102
OPEN Q7104 OPEN OPEN
OPEN OPEN OPEN

NC Vcc # R7144 D7103

C7121 OPEN OPEN
R7157 0.1
OPEN B7114 0Ω
R7136 R7137 #
OPEN OPEN IC7103
# R7152 # J7121 # J7122 GND BA7623F-X
75 BIT_IN BIT_OUT Q7105 #
OPEN C7108 C7120
OPEN IC7101 100 C7131
/6.3 OPEN
BA7623F-X
C7109 R7138 R7139
SHORT OPEN OPEN VCC
# B7117 # C7125 # R7121
75
OPEN GND
C7104
0.01
470 /6.3
# C7126 # R7122 75
4 C7103
100 /6.3
470 /6.3
# C7127
470 /6.3 # R7123 75 Cr_OUT
# J7127
Cb_OUT Y_OUT
VCC

L7101 # L7102
SHORT B7116
OPEN

R7149 OPEN

OPEN C7105
1000 /6.3 R7150 OPEN

100
100
TO
TERM SUB
WR7204 C7107
1000 /6.3
J7101 J7109
S-IN S-OUT1

R7104
R7105
R7117
# J7125 100
C.BOX C7106 R7115
R7102 J7102 V_IN A.IN[L] A.IN[R] 0.01 R7113 75 J7110 V_OUT1 A_OUT1[L] A_OUT1[R]
# R7151 75 Y C 75 Y C
100 3 4 3 4
R7103 R7116
75 100
R7114
1 2 75 1 2
R7101
75 R7106
100

# C7101
# J7124
R.PAUSE
R7125 R7126

3 J7105
R7110
100
R7111
100 J7113
100 100

BSDEC.S-IN S-OUT2

C7110 R7120
R7108 J7106 BSDEC.V_IN BSDEC.A_IN[L] BSDEC.A_IN[R] 0.01 R7118 75 75 J7114 V_OUT2 A_OUT2[L] A_OUT2[R]
75 Y C Y C
3 4 3 4
R7109
75
1 2 R7119 75 1 2
J7123 R7107
JLIP 75 R7112 # R7124 # R7127
TXD 100 10k 10k
RXD

# C7102

2SD1819A/QRS/-X
2SC4081/QRS/-X
2PC4081/R/-X

2SB1218A/QR/-X
2SA1576A/QR/-X

SW12V
2PA1576/R/-X

SW5V
NC

NC
NC
NC
NC

NC
NC

0 6 TERMINAL-NTSC

TO MAIN (MAIN-TERMINAL)

CN7102
TO MAIN (MAIN-TERMINAL)

CN7101

GND

GND

GND

GND
REAR2_C_IN

REAR1_C_IN

RF5V/SW12V
BIAS_FOR_C_OUT
REAR2_Y_IN

REAR1_Y_IN

REAR1_V_IN
SCR_ID

CH+12V/SW5V
REAR2_V_IN/TUNER_V

P50_I/O

LINE2INFO/I2C_CLK2
RCA_IN[R]

A.IN1[R]

A.IN2[R]
RCA_IN[L]

DEC_OUT[R]
LINE_OUT[R]

GND

A.IN1[L]

A.IN2[L]

LINE1INFO/I2C_DATA2
LINE_OUT[L]

DEC_OUT[L]
GND

JLIP[L]
TXD

RXD
SAT_CTL_OUT
PAUSE/COMPU

CN7105
CN7106

# OPTION : Used : Not used

OPEN
J7127 J7125 CN7103 R7153 B7111 IC7103 R7124 J7124 C7101 L7102
R7151 J7119 B7112 R7121 R7127 C7102
J7120 B7113 R7122
5 2 TERM SUB TO TERM-NTSC
J7121 B7117 R7123
WR7203
J7122 B7118
SW12V
J7126 C7120
R7146 C7121
R7147 C7125
R7148 C7126
R7152 C7127 R7202 R7205 R7208 R7210
2.2K 22K 1.8K 270 R7217 R7218 R7222
Q7205 Q7206 10K 27K 2.2K
HM-DH30000 0.01µ SHORT R7204 Q7204
2.2K WR7202
R7213 R7216
D_Y_OUT
HM-DH20000 0.01µ 1K 330
Q7203
TO TERM-NTSC
HM-DH30000U SHORT SHORT Q7202 R7214 C7204
Q7207
WR7201
D_Y_IN 470 0.01
R7203 R7207 D7202 C7203 R7221
A-HD2000* 0.01µ SHORT Q7208
100 56 OPEN 100
B7201
R7201 C7201 R7211 R7215 D7203
OPEN SHORT D7201 ***6.3V 680 470 (R7223)

1 L7201
0Ω

R7219
Q7201 R7206 OPEN R7212 330 WR7204
3.6K 470 GND
C7202
OPEN

R7209
OPEN

p10319001a_rev0.1

A B C D 4-21 4-22 E F G H
 Note : The Parts Number, value and rated voltage etc. in the Schematic Diagram are for references only.
4.11 S-SUB SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM When replacing the parts, refer to the Parts List.

1 5 S-SUB
TO MAIN (MAIN-TERMINAL)
CN7103
CN511
TO MAIN (P/S CONV)
EE[L]
R516 0 # CN513
I2C_DATA_A/V
R517 0
I2C_CLK_A/V SW5V
Fsc SW5V
SW5V TO_PS_C
L501
SW5V 10µ # C564 GND
0.01
GND FROM_PS_C
5 GND GND
C_TO_DIGI TO_PS_Y
#

220
Y/V_TO_DIGI GND

/6.3
C513 C512 C509 R527 C535 C508

OPEN

OPEN

0.01
Y_FROM_DIGI 4.7 0.01 10 3.3K 0.01 0.47 FROM_PS_Y
/25 /16 /50 N L505
C_FROM_DIGI OPEN L503 L504
PB_COLOR 10µ 10µ OPEM

C537

C536

C511

C510
B503
V.PULSE C575
0Ω OPEN
SECAM_PB_COLOR_2

CH
MAIM_ALC_DET R504 3.3k C524 300p ±2
Y_TO_SUB R501
OPEN

CH
P.MUTE[L] EE/PB SP/EP VHS IC502 VC2076DP R505 3.9k C525 300p ±2
CR GND1
WIDE_DET ADJ CLK DATA BAND GAP CL3
S-VHS
IIC LOGIC R506

BF1
Pre LPF2 C521 390

BF2
CONV
FRONT_Y_IN A9
PB DIGI/PB
PB A12
REC 4.7 /25 R507 1.2k

SP
CL2

REC

CH
FRONT_C_IN

PB
REC CONV PB R508 C526 100p
C514 Pre LPF1 ATT9 A8
DIGI
REC REC
A13 C505 150
FRONT_V_IN 0.01 4.7 /25 R509 1.6k

SP
PB*CONV N/S-LPF
A10 CL4

CH
REAR1_V_IN DIGI/PB C527 180p

R
EQ

P
EXT PB Y PB REC A11
GND DIGI # C562 C522 2.2 /50
A7 Pre LPF1 VCC2 1 /50
V_TO_OSD

NON LINEAR
R510

PROCESS
EXT PB Y
# C563 1k ±0.5
CHARA_DATA
4 Y_TO_OSD
VCC1 A14 CL5
0.01 C523 2.2 /50

CONV
CONV

CH
GND C528 270p ±2
A6 Pre LPF2 VCA
V_FROM_AV C515 REC
L502 OPEN C504
0.01 PB*CONV 0.01
REC_COLOR EXT PB C
PB REC
R503 220
EXT PB C
# C566 C503 2.2 /50

R
0.01

CH
C529 82p ±2

P
R511
N.C.
C502 4.7 /25 470 ±0.5 R512 1k ±0.5

SP
ATT8 CL6

CH
R526 REC PB C530 220p ±2
TRAP
OPEN C516 0.01 R513 1.5k ±0.5

SP
CL1 ATT7

+ - R514

A4
A5
3.3k ±0.5

CH
C517 0.1 C531 300p ±2
V FBC V MUTE A1

PB*D15
BB C533 0.01 R515
3.3k ±0.5

CH
R525 C518 0.1 C.K. D7&D8 C532 300p ±2
1.2M
GCL BB BB BIAS

V5
C534 470 /6.3
COMP IN V4
REC
BB
AGC C MUTE A2
V3/V4
Y/C IN V3
PB
C1 C3 D16
C519 2.2 C2
C501
/50 AGC DET Y FBC
3 C520 4.7 /25
S.SEP
2.2 /50

Q501 C538

ATT6
OPEN OPEN Y MUTE A3

S1/S2 DET
Y1 Y3

Y2
0Ω
ATT1 ATT2 ATT3 ATT4 GND2 ATT5

B501 R518
OPEN IC501
JCP8038
R531 R532 R533 R534 R535 R536 C507 220
100 100 100 100 100 100
/6.3
C568 C569 C570 C571 C572 C573
100p 100p 100p 100p 100p 100p C506 0.1

C551 C553 C554 C556 C557 C559 C560 C561

R522 10K

R523 10K

R524 10K
1 /50 0.01 1 /50 0.01 1 /50 0.01 1 /50 1 /50

## ## ##
C552 C555 C558 C576
TO MAIN (MAIN-TERMINAL) 0.01 0.01 0.01 OPEN
CN7109
CN512

REAR1_Y_IN
2 GND
REAR1_C_IN
GND
REAR2_Y_IN
GND
REAR2_C_IN
GND
Y_OUT
GND
C_OUT
GND
V_FROM_OSD
BIAS_FOR_C_OUT

: Used
# DIFFERENCE TABLE : Not used ## Marked elements may differ depending on the model.
Be sure to check the Parts List.
1 CN513
C562 C563
C564 R527
C566

MS

OTHERS

p20168001a_rev0

A B C D 4-23 4-24 E F G H
 4.12 DISPLAY, REC SAFETY/D.CASS SW AND JACK SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
Note : The Parts Number, value and rated voltage etc. in the Schematic Diagram are for references only.
When replacing the parts, refer to the Parts List.

# J7194 # J7191 # J7192 # J7193

QND00**-*** QNN0371-004 QNN0372-003 QNN0372-002
QNN002*-*** QNN002*-*** QNN002*-***
S IN VIDEO IN AUDIO[L] IN AUDIO[R] IN

5
D7010 # R7194 L7193
D7008 TP7001 R7192
82 SHORT # C7192 SHORT
MECHA1 # R7193
## 75 680p # C7194
D7199 # C7196
0.01 680p
S7015
POWER # L7191 # L7192
TP7002 # R7191 ##
75 C7193
MECHA2 ##
D7007 C7195
# # D7191

S7013 S7014 ## C7191

DISPLAY TIMER
L7194
D7006 SHORT

S7011 S7012
S-ET TBC/NR

D7005

S7009 S7010
CH- CH+

D7004
3 6 JACK
S7007 S7008
D-VHS REC SPEED

GND

GND
GND

GND

GND

GND
F.Y_IN

F.AUDIO[R]
F.AUDIO[L]
F.C_IN

FRONT_VIDEO
D7003

TO MAIN (MAIN-TERMINAL)

CN7191
S7005 S7006
REW FF

D7002

CN901
#DIFFERENCE TABLE
S7003 S7004
REC PAUSE R7191 R7193 R7194 C7192 C7194 C7196 L7191 L7192
IC7002
D7001 GP1U28X [38kHz] HM-DH30000
HM-DH20000 X X X X X 100Ω 100Ω
HM-DH30000U
S7001 S7002 V.OUT
PLAY STOP/EJECT
VCC
GND
C7006 220
/6.3
TO MAIN (SYSCON)
R7016 CN3008
CN7002
SHORT
D-CASS-SW
GND
RC_IN
F+
STB
F+
S_DATA_FRSYS
NP
S_DATA_TOSYS
P1
S_CLK
P2
REC_SAFE
P3 # # B7002 BACK_UP_GND

3 P4
P5
RCU5V

P6
# # D7031 B7001
P7 SHORT
(10mm)
P8
P9 C7001 C7008 R7101
0.1 220 /6.3 L7001 SHORT FR
P10
P11 SHORT

P12
P13 R7006 4.7k
P14 R7007 1k
: Used : Not used
P15 R7015 1k R7044
R7005 4.7k 330
P16 AUDIO MODE
VDD
S9
S8
S7
S6
S5
S4
S3
S2
S1

VSS

R7009 10k
P17 # # R7042
R7002 10k R7013 33k D7042
P18 S10 KEY2
R7001 10k R7014 33k
P19 S11 KEY1
# # D7034 TO REG
NC S12 STB CN5303
IC7001 # # D7033 # # R7041 CN7005
NC S13 CLK D7041 TBC/NR
UPD16315GB-3BS # # D7032
NC S14 DIN AL5V
# # D7035
1G S15 DOUT R7043 GND
R7003 82k 330
2G S16 OSC DC3.5V[-]
3G VEE LED4 -29V
4G S17 LED3 DC3.5V[+] REC_SAFETY

5G S18 LED2 S7061

FW7001 FW7081 QSW0602
6G S19 LED1
C7005 33p REC_SAFETY
VDD
VSS
S20
S21

7G
G1
G2
G3
G4
G5
G6
G7

C7004 33p
NP
##
F- C7007 S7063
F- QSW0695

2 C7002
0.1 D.CASS_SW
DI7001
QFL0078-001
(Ef=3.5Vdc)
3 2 REC SAFETY
/D.CASS SW

D7011 C7010 C7011 C7003 R7010

RD9.1ES/B2/ 0.047 0.047 10 /50 10k

# # C7012

2 8 DISPLAY

ALL SWITCHS ARE QSW0381-001 OR QSW0522-002Z.

ALL DIODES ARE 1SS133 OR 1SS270A.
## ARE OPEN.
p10321001a_rev0

A B C D 4-25 4-26 E F G H
 4.13 D-PRE/REC SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

Note : The Parts Number, value and rated voltage etc. in the Schematic Diagram are for references only.
When replacing the parts, refer to the Parts List.

4 3
D-PRE/REC TO
5 MAIN(SYSCON)

R662
CN3011

1k
R735
OPEN

R704
CN605

1k
Q665 Q667 Q669 Q673 R736 10k
HS_RECST[H]

Q634

Q656
R737 0
Q672 A/HS2_FF
HS2_ENV.

IC603 TC74HC02AF
IC604 TC74HC08AF
R705
R738 1k

R663

1k
R731 Q671 D_REC_LEV2

1k

0.01
SW5V
OPEN
D605 GND
R739 1k
R733 D_REC_LEV1

C685
D/HS1_ENV.
OPEN R740 0
D606 V/STD/HS1_FF
R741 10k
CH1_RECST[H]
R732 R742 10k
CH2_RECST[H]
OPEN R743 0
D_REC[L]
R744 0
DVHS[L]
R734 R745 0
HS[H]
OPEN
Q666 Q668 Q670

L609
100µ

R718
TP616 R719 1M TP606
R710 1.5k R724
PB_DATA2 R707 1k PB_DATA1 1k
R721 Q663 R728
18k C682

BA10358F
C676 Q659 18k 10k
Q657 0.01
4

Vcc
0.01 Q661

IC605
C674 C680 D604
D603

GND
1000p Q660 1000p
C675 C681 Q664
1000p 1000p
Q658 Q662
R715
C678

10k

4.7k
270
1.5k

10k
1k

1k

0.01
C677 470p

470p
270
C679

47k

47k

1k
0.01

56

56
R716
1k

R720
R714 100

1k

R722

R723

R725

R726
R708

R709

R711

R727

R730
1k

R712

R713

C683

C684

R729
L607 /6.3 L603 100µ
100µ

100µ
L604
R717
1M Q614
R683 R629 TO
TO 75
R681 R627
75 DIGITAL(D-VHS_IF)
DIGITAL(D-VHS_IF) Q644 0 L608 D601 0 CN401
CN402 100µ
CN603 C659 C660 R682
R628 C623 CN601
TP112 C624
GND 150 A/HS2_FF TP111 150 GND
100 /6.3 0.01 VIDEO/STD/HS1_FF 0.01 100 /6.3
PB_DATA_B PB_DATA_A
GND GND

0.01
C672 100 /6.3

C658
C657 0.1

R680 330k

330k
C619 C640 100 /6.3

0.01

0.1

1M
REC_DATA_B R706 C618 REC_DATA_A

R677

R678

R623

R622
C654 C655

1k

1k

1k

1k
75 100 /6.3 R664

D602
100 /6.3 0.01

C621

R625
0.01 75

R626

C622
C670 0.01 C690 OPEN C639 0.01 C641
C642 0.01

C673 1 C656 IC606 0.01

0.01 CXA1211M

Q643

Q613
L601 C620
L606 C643
100µ 100µ 0.01 1
IC607 CXA1211M VCC
C687 C686
0.1 0.1
VCC C688

JCP0024
C689
JCP0024

S5
0.1

S5
IC602

3 0.1

IC601

AGC
DET
AGC
DET

INT/EXT
VCA
INT/EXT
VCA

OFF
OFF

5dB
5dB

SP
EP
GND

PB/REC
SP
EP

DET DET
DET DET

PB/REC

AUTO
LOGIC

S5
AUTO

CTL
LOGIC

S5

LEVEL
CTL

COMP

S3
ON
LEVEL

IIL
COMP

S3
ON
IIL

5dB

1dB
5dB

1dB

EXT
INT
EXT
INT
GND

S1

CH3
CH2

S2
S1

CH3
CH2

S2
R703 C671 R661 Q633

CH1

CH4
1k 0.01
CH1

CH4
1k
CASCODE

CASCODE

REF
CASCODE

CASCODE
AMP BIAS

AMP BIAS

BIAS
AMP BIAS

AMP BIAS
REF

CH2

PRE AMP
BIAS

CH4
Q655
CH2

CH1

CH3
PRE AMP

CH4

PRE AMP

PRE AMP

PRE AMP
CH1

CH3
PRE AMP

PRE AMP

PRE AMP
Q631 Q632

1K

1K

1K

1K
1K

1K

1K

1K

100µ
R702 R659 1k R660 1k

L602
1k Q654
L605

R746 22k C691 R747 22k

0.01 C692
100µ 0.01

R673

R674

R615

R618

R619
C648 100 /6.3

Q629

1k

1k

1k
C651 C653 C610 C615 C617 Q630

1k

1k
0.01

R748 C693
22k 0.01 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 C637

100 /6.3
0.1 C638

C612
0.01
1

C613

150k
0.01

0.01

150k
Q653 Q641 Q642 R656
C649

R613 180
15k R658 15k
C650

R617

R620
330
C669

Q610

Q611

Q612
180
330

0.01 C614
R672

R676

R614

R621
150k

150k

150k
R655

150
R701 C634 R657

R675
0.1 C635 0.1 C636 0.1

R616
15k 1 10k 10k
C616

2SC4226/4/
R671

2SC4226/4/

2SC4226/4/

2SC4226/4/

2SC4226/4/
C652 1 C611 R651
Q639

Q640

Q607

Q608

Q609
1
R700 10k R696 R697 R698 R649 R650 R653
1k 470 R699 1k 470 1k R652 470 1k
1k 470 1 R654 470
Q625 Q627
C667 0.1 C668 0.1

1
C647 0.01 C604

C607 0.01

0.01
2SC3936/BC/

2SC3936/BC/

2SC3936/BC/
0.01

2SC3936/BC/
C605

C606

C608
Q623 Q624 R646 Q626 R647 Q628 R648

2SC3936/BC/
100 100 100
Q637

Q638

Q604

Q605

Q606
C609
C646
1

DTA114E
Q649 Q650 R694 Q651 Q652 R695

DTA114E
Q621

Q622
100 R640

2 R690
C665
R692
C666
R693
100
C644 R670 C645 C602 C603 10k
C631R641
1 6.8k
C632
1
C633
1

1k
R610

R611

R612
1 R691 1 C601
0.1 0.1

1k

1k
10k 6.8k 10k 6.8k 0.1 1k 0.1 0.1

REC_LEVEL2
R668 R607
2SA1532/C/

2SA1532/C/

R635 1M

2SA1532/C/

2SA1532/C/
470 470 R608 R609 Q618 R642 10k R643 6.8k R644 10k R645 6.8k

2SA1532/C/
Q647 Q648
Q635

Q601

Q602

Q603
2SC4670 2SC4670 2SC4670
R687 R689

REC_LEVEL1
R669 470 470 R634 R637 R639
TP602

39 (±0.5%) 39 (±0.5%) 39 (±0.5%) R636 510

Q636

470 R633 470 39 (±0.5%) R638 470 39 (±0.5%)

R686 Q645 R688 Q646 Q615 Q619 Q616 Q620 Q617

2SC3936/BC/ 470 2SC3936/BC/
R666

2SC4670 2SC4670 2SC3936/BC/

TP601
470 2SC3936/BC/ 2SC3936/BC/
R665

R667

R601

R602

R603

R604

R605

R606
(±0.5%)

(±0.5%)
470

10

10
470

470

470
10

10

10
C663 C664 C628 C629 C630
0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

C661 C662 C626 C627

C625

R631 1k
1k

1
1k

1k
1 1 1

R632
1k
R630
R684

R685

CN606
HS2C_F
HS2C_S
HS2D_S
HS2D_F
HS1D_S
HS1D_F
STD2_F
STD2_S
STD1/HS1C_S
STD1/HS1C_F
DRUM
TO

4 2SC4081
4 2SA1576
4 DTC144W
4 DTA144W
4 1SS355

p10329001a_rev0

A B C D 4-27 4-28 E F G H
 4.14 DIGITAL (HOST) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM Note : The Parts Number, value and rated voltage etc. in the Schematic Diagram are for references only.
When replacing the parts, refer to the Parts List.
TO

47p
47p
47p
47p
47p
47p
47p
MAIN(SYSCON)
CN3009
CN8002

C28
C29
C30
C31
C32
C33
C34
R68
NC
R71 220 R85 0Ω
OPEN P_MUTE[L]/DVHS_PB[L]
R72 220 R86 0Ω
IC10 JLIP[L]

SN74HCT08APW-X
R73 220 R87 0Ω

SN74HCT08APW-X

SN74HCT08APW-X
SN74AHCT1G125-X TXD

SN74LV08APW-X
R74 0Ω R88 220
RXD
R75 220 R89 0Ω
REC_AREA
R76 0Ω R90 220
AT_ON

IC8

IC9
IC6

IC7
R77 470 R91 220
HS2_FF
R78 470 R92 220
DFF/HS1_FF
R79 220 R93 0Ω
SVREF30
5 R80
R81
220
0Ω
R94
R95
0Ω
220
REF5HZ
HOST_RESET
R82 220 R96 0Ω
C23 C24 C25 C26 KBUS_REQ
0.1 R67 0.1 0.1 0.1 C27 R83 220 R97 0Ω
0.1 KBUS_CLK
R65 R66 OPEN R69 R70 R118 GND
0Ω 0Ω 0Ω 0Ω 4.7k R84 220 R98 0Ω
KBUS_RXD/TXD

47p
47p
47p
47p
47p
47p
47p
C35
C36
C37
C38
C39
C40
C41
FOR
JIG
CN8003
R99 470
SBE.A
GND
0.1 C19 R100 470
SBE.B
C18 C17 C16 R101 470
0.1 0.1 0.1 HS1_FF
R102 470
HS2_FF

OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
TO VIDEO_IF

C42
C43
C44
C45
GND
AL5V
K2 PELN0984-150Y

10k
AL3.3V

C21
0.1
0Ω
AL2.5V

1k
1k

1k
1k
1k
ZP
R61
10K

R55
R109
TO DMAIN

# R60
R59

R58
R57
# R56
RECAREA
SBE0

CS
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
SI
SBE1

NAVI_CLK
NAVI_RXD
NAVI_TXD
VIDEO_CS
OSD_CS
VIDEO_OSD_CLK
VIDEO_OSD_RXD
VIDEO_OSD_TXD
VSS
VSS
VCC
TXD
JLIP[L]
KBUS_OUT[L]
KBUS_CLK
KBUS_RXD
KBUS_TXD
P91/RTS1
NAVI_CS
VSS
VSS
VSS
FP
LINK_RESET
HDPLL_RESET
PHY_RESET
VCC
VCC
LAPRUS_RESET
DMAIN_RESET
HD_RESET
VIDEO_RESET
VSS
VCCP
E2P_CS
PON
DMAIN_PON
TSINCLK_MUTE
VIDEO_PON
P161/PPG7
VCCP
P160/PPG6
P177/DMACK1
P176/DMREQ1
P175/DMACK0
TSCBDET[H]
VSSP
SBI
TRCLK

SO
GND
RESET VCC
WP

VCC
HCLD
CLK
SI
R1 0Ω C22
R54 1k OPEN
LPS

RDY/BUSY
R53 0Ω
CPS PWRDWN

SCK

VSS
RESET

WP
SO
R2 0Ω

CS

CS
SI
VCCB0 1394[H] C15

GND
VCC

SCK
WP

SO
R52 0Ω 0.1
VSSB0 1394CNA
A10 VCCP TO VIDEO_IF
CLK27SEL
A11 VSSP VIDEO_OSD_CLK
ZP VIDEO_OSD_TXD
A12 DEC[H]
R51 1k
A13 D_REC[L] VIDEO_OSD_RXD
# R50 R110 C46
A14 P_MUTE[L] 10k 0.1 VIDEO_CS
R49 1k
A15 1080[H] VIDEO_RESET
VSSB1 P107/MFT03A/MFT02B OSD_CS
VCCB1 P106/MFT02A/MFT01B 1080_H
IC5 IC4 IC11 P_MUTE_L/DVHSPB_L
A16 P105/MFT01A/MFT00B OPEN
# R113 0Ω
A17 DVHS_PB[L] MENU_H
R48 OPEN
(AT45DB011-XC-X) AT45DB011-SC-X (AT25080N-10SC-X)
A18 PB_PLL_B
R47 OPEN
A19 PB_PLL_A TO DMAIN
A20 TEST[H] HSPB
R46 0Ω
A21 RXD HSPA
A22 EVENT1 SERVOREF30
C14
A23 EVENT0 0.1 TPREF5HZ
VSSB1 VCCP AT_ON TO D-VHS IF
A24 VSSP CPS
RA1 10K
A25 TEST7 K3 LPS
OPEN
A26 TEST6 DVHS_CS
A27 # IC1 TEST5 C48
OPEN
C_LINKON
A28 TEST4 T HOST_IRQ

3 C1
0.1
A29
A30 8037_ON[H]
TEST3
R45
# R115 0Ω
10K
C20
OPEN
BC_WAIT
BC_WS
VCCB1 POFF BC_RS
TP1 OPEN
D15[LSB] CLKLOCK[H] BC_BCLK
D14 VSSP BC_A[1-14]
RA1401
10K D13 P137/TMT3 BC_D[0-15]
D12 P136/TMT2
R114 OPEN TO DECRIPTER
D11 MENU[H]
RA1402 D10 P134/TMTO BC_WS
10K
D9 P133/INT11 BC_WS1
R42 0Ω
D8 C_LINKON BC_RS
R41 0Ω
VSSB1 TPREF5HZ PREC_CS
R40 0Ω C13
BC_D[0-15]

A16
BYTE
VSS
DQ15
DQ7
DQ14
DQ6
DQ13
DQ5
DQ12
DQ4
VCC
DQ11
DQ3
DQ10
DQ2
DQ9
DQ1
DQ8
DQ0
OE
VSS
CE
A0
D7 HOST_IRQ 0.1
RA1403 D6 VCCP BC_A[1-13]
10K R39 0Ω
D5 LAPRUS_INT MAIN_RESET
D4 1394_INT IC3
R38 0Ω
D3 REF5HZ OPEN TO DMAIN
RA1404 D2 REF60HZ
R37 0Ω (MBV800TA10PT) REF5
10K R36 0Ω (MBV800TA90PT)
D1 HS2_FF MAIN_RESET

RESET
R35 0Ω

RY/BY
D0[MSB] HS1_FF D_REC_L TO D-VHS IF

A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10

A19
A20

A18
A17
WE
R34 0Ω

A9
A8

A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
VCCB1 KBUS_REQ 1394_CNA
C2 0.1 R3 R33 0Ω
WAIT RXD_IRPT PHY_RESET
P167/ADTRG

PLLCAP
LAPRUS_CS

0Ω
RS VSSP CLK27SEL
P06/HOLD
PREC_CS

P07/HLDA
DVHS_CS
OSCVCC

P66/WS1
HAVI_CS
OSCVSS

OPTION
PWRDN
PLLVCC

WS0
XCOUT
RESET

VCCB1

AVREF
VSSB1
PLVSS

C12 100p
MODE

VCCR

XOUT

Y[7]IN
VSSR

FVCC

AVCC
BCLK

TRST

AVSS
AN15
AN14
AN13
AN12
AN11
AN10
XCIN

R4 REF60
TDO

TMS
TCK

AN9
AN8
AN7
AN6
AN5
AN4
AN3
AN2
DBI

XIN

TDI

10k
FP

PB_PLL_A
R43 OPEN
PB_PLL_B TO D-VHS IF

2 R5
220

10k
0Ω

0Ω
0Ω
0Ω
0Ω
10k
0Ω
0Ω

0Ω

0Ω
0Ω
0Ω
0Ω

TO LAPRAS
10
1k

R121
LAPRAS_CS
R6 R120 OPEN
10k # # OPEN
LAPRAS_RESET
R10

R11
R12
R13
R14
R15

R16

R17
R18
R19
R20
R21
R22

R111 R112 R116

R7
R8
R9

10k 0Ω 10k R64 LAPRAS_INT

OPEN
BC_A[1-8]
# # BC_D[0-15]
R117 C47
10k BC_WAIT
CN8001
BC_WS
OPEN
BC_RS
FP BC_BCLK TO LAPRAS, DECRIPTER
MODE
R62 10k
TO HD_DEC
RESET PELN0984-150Y HD_RESET
VCCP C49
HDPLL_RESET
FVCC K1 OPEN 8037_ON_H
DBI Y[7]
TRST TEST[H]
TMS TSINCLK_MUTE TO DMAIN
TDO
IC2 R103 0Ω
S-80919ANMP TP2 OPEN
TDI R104 0Ω
TP3 OPEN
VSS R105 0Ω
NC VSS IC12 TP4 OPEN
TCK OPEN
VDD Q1
Q2
R25 DTC144EUA-X
OPEN CD OUT DTC144EUA-X R108 R107 R106
10k
10k
10k
10k
10k

OPEN OPEN OPEN

10k

R26 R63
0Ω 4.7k
R23 R24 X1 C10 C11
10k 330 TP5 OPEN
R28

R29
R30
R31
R32

NAX0422 0.0047 OPEN

R27

27M

1 C3
0.1
C4
10p
C5
10p C6
0.1
C7
0.1
C8
0.1
C9
0.1 5 0 DIGITAL (HOST)
: Used
# MARKS : Not used

R50 R56 R60 R111 R113 R115 R116 R117 C47 IC1

HM-DH30000U 1 M32120FC-109WG

HM-DH25000 0.01 M32120FC-125WG

p10410001a_rev0

A B C D 4-29 4-30 E F G H
 4.15 DIGITAL (DMAIN) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM Note : The Parts Number, value and rated voltage etc. in the Schematic Diagram are for references only.
When replacing the parts, refer to the Parts List.

TO IEEE1394

CN8201

TPB+

TPA+
TPB-
GND

GND
TPA-
#
TO
HOST
C_LINKON L202
NQR0444 #J201 OPEN
LPS QNZ0486-001
PWRDN R229
C243 270p
1394_CNA
56
PHY_RESET R230
R228 5.1k TPA+
CPS
56 TPA-
C244 1µ R231 TPB+
56 TPB-
R232

5 56 L203
NQR0444 J202
QNZ0486-001

C245 270p R234

56
R233 5.1k R235 TPA+
R272 R273 56 TPA-

VSS
DQ15
DQ14
VSSQ
DQ13
DQ12
VCCQ
DQ11
DQ10
VSSQ
DQ9
DQ8
VCCQ
NC
UDQM
CLK
CKE
NC
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
VSS
100k 100k C246 1µ R236 TPB+
56 TPB-
R237
IC202
K4S161622D-TC80 RA210 RA211 RA212 RA213 RA214 RA215 RA216 56
HY57V161610DTC8 0Ω OPEN OPEN OPEN OPEN OPEN OPEN

RA203

RA202

RA201
K208 K209 0Ω
TO DVX

10k

10k

10k
NQR0129-002X DVX_27M
K210 0Ω

VCCQ

VCCQ
LDQM
VSSQ

VSSQ
TO VIDEO IF,

0Ω
VIDEO_27M

VCC

VCC
DQ0
DQ1

DQ2
DQ3

DQ4
DQ5

DQ6
DQ7

CAS
RAS

A11
A10
WE

CS

A0
A1
A2
A3
B207
HD DEC, DECRIPTER
0Ω
C247
Vcc
0.1

R267
C234
0.01

OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
390k
GND

10k
10k
SDRAMADRS01
SDRAMADRS02
SDRAMADRS03
SDRAMADRS04
SDRAMADRS05
SDRAMADRS06
SDRAMADRS07
SDRAMADRS08
SDRAMADRS09
SDRAMADRS10
SDRAMADRS11
SDRAMADRS12
SDRAMADRS13
SDRAMDATA00
SDRAMDATA01
SDRAMDATA02
SDRAMDATA03
SDRAMDATA04
SDRAMDATA05
SDRAMDATA06
SDRAMDATA07
SDRAMDATA08
SDRAMDATA09
SDRAMDATA10
SDRAMDATA11
SDRAMDATA12
SDRAMDATA13
SDRAMDATA14
SDRAMDATA15
TESTMODE0
TESTMODE1
TESTMODE2
TESTMODE3
TESTMODE4
MONITOR0
MONITOR1
MONITOR2
MONITOR3
MONITOR4
MONITOR5
MONITOR6
MONITOR7
MONITOR8
MONITOR9
MONITOR10
MONITOR11
MONITOR12
MONITOR13
MONITOR14
MONITOR15
TESTCTL0
TESTCTL1
TESTCTL2
TESTCTL3
TESTCTL4
TESTCTL5
TESTCTL6
TESTCTL7
TDO
TCK
TMS
TDI
TRST
XTEST
DCTEST
PHYMODE1
PHYMODE2
NISO
PHYRESET
LREQ
EXSYSCK
CTL0
CTL1
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
C258
22µ K211 0Ω
/6.3 LAPRAS_27M TO LAPRAS
K212 0Ω

R245
R246
R247
R248
R249
R250
T
CAN R244
OPEN
IC207 DSP_27M TO DSP
SN74LVCU04APW-X
LPS
K221 R243 B208
PELN0984-150Y PWRDN OPEN 0Ω
NQR0129-002X
SDRAMWE SDRAMADRS00 C_LKON
R242 10k
SDRAMDQMU SDRAMRAS PC0 K213
R241 10k B209
SDRAMDQML SDRAMCAS PC1 0Ω
R240 10k
SDRAMCLK PC2
R239 OPEN Vcc
SDRAMCKE CPS C235
RA204 0.01

4 0Ω TSOUT7
TSOUT6
IEC958O
IEC958I
R238
10k

GND
TSOUT5 NTPB1
TSOUT4 TPB1
TSOUT3 NTPA1 B210 B211
TO RA205
TSOUT2 TPA1
K214 0Ω
DECRIPTER 0Ω IC208 0Ω 0Ω K215 0Ω
TSOUT1 TPBIAS1 SN74LVCU04APW-X DEC_9MDVX TO DVX
K216 0Ω
TSDATA[0-7] TSOUT0 NTPB2 DEC_9MDEC TO DECRIPTER
R251 0Ω
TSPSTART TSOUTPST TPB2
R258 OPEN # K225 0Ω
DVFRAME NTPA2 DEC_9MHD TO HD DEC
NQR0129-002X B212 OPEN
TO TSOUTCLK TPA2
B213 0Ω
DVX TSINCLK TPBIAS2 R227 K217
ENCST TSINPST IEC958CLK 10k
R252 OPEN ±0.5%
TSINVALID R1
C242 0.1 Vcc
TSIN7 PLLFLT1 C236
R253 C241 0.1 0.01
0Ω TSIN6 PLLFLT2 IC209 SN74LVCU04APW-X
R225 OPEN # X213 # X203 C240
TSIN5 XI 12p
R226 GND
TSIN4 XO 0Ω
TSIN3 VCOO C239
C238 100p 12p
TO TSIN2 LPFI
C237 0.047 R224 B214 B215 K218 OPEN
TO DVX
DVX TSIN1 VCOI
1k 0Ω OPEN K219 0Ω
ENCDATA[0-7] TSIN0 TCPOUT ENC_9MDVX
K220 0Ω
TPIN7 DIVCLKO TRICK_9MDVX
B217 OPEN
TPIN6 CLK27O
R223 OPEN
TPIN5 DIV2SEL TO HOST
TPIN4 XTAL TSINCLK_MUTE
IC214
TPIN3 XTAL27O
TC7SH08FU TO DVX
TO TPIN2 XTAL27I B206 NQR0129-002X C257
0.01
TCXO_27M
DVX TPIN1 DA27ON
OPEN C224 K207 R271 OPEN
TRICKDATA[0-7]
TRICKST
TPIN0
TPINPST IC201 DA27OP
VCXO27O
0.1

3 JCP8052 IC212 OPEN

OPEN
XRESET VCXO27I

C253
NC Vcc
HOSTDATA15 AVSS3
RA206
0Ω HOSTDATA14 AVSS3
R268 1M
HOSTDATA13 AVSS3
GND OUT C249
HOSTDATA12 AVSS3
0.01
HOSTDATA11 AVSS2 IC203 TC7SH86FU TO
RA207 NAX0373-001X C250 D-VHS IF
0Ω HOSTDATA10 AVSS2 0.01
13.5MTCXO
HOSTDATA09 AVSS2 RECDATAB
HOSTDATA08 AVSS2 B205 RECCLK
HOSTDATA07 RECAREAB RECDATAA
RA208 OPEN IC210
0Ω HOSTDATA06 RECDATAB DISCRIB
TC7SHU04FU
HOSTDATA05 RECCLK ADCKB
R270 OPEN
HOSTDATA04 RECAREAA R269 AINB
OPEN
TO HOSTDATA03 RECDATAA VCO19BCTL
RA209
HOST HOSTDATA02 AVSS1 # C251 DAOUTB
0Ω R210 OPEN # X211 # X201 C222 OPEN
MAIN_RESET HOSTDATA01 AVSS1 DAOUTREF
BC_D[0-15] HOSTDATA00 XTAL19O # R211 DAOUTA
#
HOSTADRS13 XTAL19I C223 C252 VCO19ACTL
TC7SHU04FU
C256 10p OPEN
HOSTADRS12 PBDATAB AINA
R277 390 IC211 OPEN
HOSTADRS11 COEFFHOLDB ADCKA
HOSTADRS10 DISCRIB B204 DISCRIA
C221 10p R276
HOSTADRS09 CLK19BOUT 220 SW3.3REC
OPEN
HOSTADRS08 ADCKB R216 SW12V
HOSTADRS07 AINB B203 R209 22 IC204 820
HOSTADRS06 VCO19BCTL R261 220 TC7SH08FU
0Ω R262 150
HOSTADRS05 DAOUTB
R214

0.01
HOSTADRS04 DAOUTREF 39k
C220 1µ R263 100 D202 R217
HOSTADRS03 COMP R264 150 C248 UDZ3.0B-X 100k
R207 OPEN 0.1
TO HOSTADRS02 IREF

C228
HOST R212 R213
HOSTADRS01 VREF R266 10k 10k
R208 8.2k R265 150 220
BC_A[1-14] HOSTADRS00 DAOUTA C225 C226 R215 C227
B202 0.001 47k 0.01
1µ TO VIDEO IF
DVHS_CS HOSTCS VCO19ACTL
2 BC_RS
BC_WS
HOSTOE
HOSTWE
AINA
ADCKA
0Ω

B201
R203
R274
22
220
IC205
TC7SHU04FU
IC206 1/2
BA10358F-XE SW12V

HOSTALE CLK19AOUT C219

OPEN 10p
HOSTRW DISCRIA
R275 390
BC_WAIT HOSTWAIT PBDATAA
C255 10p
BC_BCLK HOSTBUSCLK COEFFHOLDA
IC206 1/2
HOST_IRQ HOSTIRQ REF60 R219
BA10358F-XE
R254 10k
OPEN

HOSTBUSSEL REF5 R206

R255 10k R202 0Ω 330 R218 1M C232 R220 R221
10k

SERVOREF30
HOSTLOGICSEL REF60RES 47 0.001 47k 47k

MAINTEST2
R256 10k R201 0Ω
VDDCORE
VDDCORE
VDDCORE
VDDCORE

HOSTWAITSEL REF5RES
VDD1394
VDD1394
VDD1394

B216
OPEN

TPREF5
AVDD1

AVDD1
AVDD1
AVDD1
AVDD2
AVDD2
AVDD3
AVDD3

AVDD3
VDD25
VDD25
VDD25

VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO
VDDIO

AVSS1
AVSS1
AVSS1
AVSS1
AVSS1
AVSS1
AVSS1
AVSS1
VSSIO
VSSIO
VSSIO
VSSIO
VSSIO
VSSIO
VSSIO
VSSIO
VSSIO
VSSIO
VSSIO
VSSIO
VSSIO
VSSIO
VSSIO
VSSIO
VSSIO
VSSIO
VSSIO
VSSIO
VSSIO
VSSIO
VSSIO
R204 R222

HSPB
SBEA
SBEB
C229 C230 C231 D203 C233

HSPA
3.9K 0.01 4p OPEN MA304 1µ 10k
R260

R259

R257 OPEN D204

TO
OPEN
TO R205 X202 QAX0541-001 HOST
6.8K
VIDEO_IF T CLK27SEL
K201 PELN0984-150Y D201
SW3.3V RECAREA
K202 PELN0984-150Y C217 C218 UDZ2.2B-X
SW2.5V 22 0.1 REF60
K203 PELN0984-150Y /6.3
SW1.8V REF5
L201 10µ
IC213
GND TC7SH04FU-X TPREF5HZ
K204 NQR0129-002X
AL2.5V SERVOREF30
K205 NQR0129-002X
AL3.3V SBE1
K206 NQR0129-002X
SBE0
HSPB
T T T
HSPA

5 0 C201
47
/6.3
C203 C204
0.1 22
/6.3
C205 C206 C207 C208
0.1 22
/6.3
0.1 0.1
C209
0.1
C210
0.1
C211
0.1 C202
22 /6.3
C212
0.1
C213
0.1
C214
0.1
C215
0.1
C216
0.1
C254 0.01

DIGITAL (DMAIN) K222 OPEN K223

K224
OPEN
OPEN

1
: Used
# MARKS : Not used

J201 CN8201 X201 X211 R211 C222 C223 X203 X213 K225

HM-DH30000U NAX0423-001X 47 12p 12p NAX0336-001X

HM-DH25000 NAX0423-001X 47 12p 12p NAX0336-001X

HM-DH35000 NAX0510-001X 200 5p 5p NAX0509-001X

p10411001a_rev0

A B C D 4-31 4-32 E F G H
 4.16 DIGITAL (D-VHS IF) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

Note : The Parts Number, value and rated voltage etc. in the Schematic Diagram are for references only.
When replacing the parts, refer to the Parts List.

TO HOST
D_REC_L

5
TO DMAIN
DAOUTA
R424
DISCRIA L401 10K L404
10µ L402 10µ OPEN
VCO19ACTL R407 R409 R414 R415 Q405 Q406 TO DIGI SUB2
470 470 10k 10k 2SC3930/C/ 2SC4081/QRS/ WR11
ADCKA J11
Q402 R425 J12
IC402 UMT2N R421 1k WR12
TLC2932-X C410 C411 10k C414 R429
R405
47
/6.3
0.01 0.012 470
C416 C417 C501
OPEN
10k R420 0.1 OPEN 47/16
LOGVDD VCOVDD C407 R412 Q408
R403 47 0Ω 3.9k 2SA1532/C/
SELECT RBIAS /6.3 Q409
IC401 2.2k R404 R413 2SC4670
OPEN VCOOUT VCOIN 0Ω Q427
100 R406 UMT2N
FINA VCOGND 100 Q407
R417 R499 2SC3930/C/
OPEN FINB VCOINH OPEN Q403 C415
TO HOST UMX2N 1µ
PB_PLL_A R401 R402 R419 PFDOUT PFDINH C409 R408
OPEN OPEN OPEN 1µ 2.2k R432
LOGGND NC
C408 R497 R422 R423 R426 R430 75
C404 C405 0.01 0Ω R410 R411 4.7k 470 680 1k
0.1 OPEN 1.5k 1.5k R431
Q404 100
C401 OPEN C402 C403 R418 R498 C412 UMT2N C418
OPEN OPEN OPEN Q401 OPEN OPEN
0.1
DTC114EUA-X R427 680

R416
4 B401
OPEN

0Ω
L403
15µ
C413
6p
R428
1k

B402 0Ω
TO DMAIN
DAOUTB
R456
DISCRIB L405 10K L408
10µ OPEN

10µ
L406
VCO19BCTL Q413 Q414
R439 R441 R446 R447 2SC3930/C/ 2SC4081/QRS/
ADCKB 470 470 10k 10k
C427 C428 R457
DAOUTREF 47 0.01 Q410 1k
IC404 /6.3 UMT2N R453 C431 R461
TLC2932-X 10k 0.012 470
R437 C433 C434 C502
10k R452 0.1 OPEN 47 /16
LOGVDD VCOVDD C425 Q416
TO DMAIN R435 47 R444 3.9k 2SA1532/C/
SELECT RBIAS /6.3 0Ω Q417
TSINCLK R436
IC403 2.2k R445 2SC4670
OPEN VCOOUT VCOIN 0Ω Q428
100 UMT2N Q415
R449 FINA VCOGND R438 2SC3930/C/
OPEN R500 100 C432
TSINCLK_MUTE FINB VCOINH OPEN Q411 1µ
TO HOST UMX2N
PB_PLL_B R433 R434 R451 PFDOUT PFDINH R440
OPEN OPEN OPEN 2.2k R464
DIVCLK LOGGND NC
TO DMAIN R454 R455 R458 R462 75
C422 C423 C426 R442 R443 4.7k 470 680 1k
0.1 OPEN 1µ 1.5k 1.5k R463
Q412 100
C419 0.1 C420 C421 R450 UMT2N C435
OPEN OPEN OPEN C429 OPEN
3 0.1
R459 680
TO D-PRE/REC
TO DMAIN CN601
AINA R448 CN401
OPEN TO DIGI SUB2
AINB L407 C430 R460
J13 15µ 6p 1k REC_DATA_A
SW3.3REC WR13 OPEN GND
RECCLK B403
OPEN PB_DATA_A
RECDATAB TO DIGI SUB2 GND
WR14 L411
RECDATAA
L409
J14 OPEN 10µ R473 R476 R478
10µ R466 FL401 100 1k 33k
15k 10MHz R474
NQR0336-001X 100

C444
2Q
2Q
2D

2PRE
2CLR

2CLK

R467 Q421 0.1 <2125>

Vcc

0Ω 2SA1532/C/
C436 T C439
0.1 C437 C438 Q422
22 0.01 2SC3930/C/ TO D-PRE/REC
LPF LPF LPF
1PRE
1CLR

1CLK

GND

/6.3 CN603
1Q
1Q
1D

0.1 L410 C441 C442 C443 CN402

OPEN 0.01 47 0.01
R469 /16 R471 Q420 R475 R480 C445
R468 330 330 2SC4081/QRS/ 5.6k R477 R479 75 OPEN REC_DATA_B
56k 470 5.6k
IC405 R465 C440 R472 GND
SN74LV74APW-X 390 OPEN R470 680
2.7k PB_DATA_B

Q418 Q419 GND

2SC4081/QRS/ DTC114EUA-X

2 OPEN
B404
WR15 TO DIGI SUB2
J15 OPEN
L414
10µ
R489 R492 R494
L412 R482 100 1k 33k
10µ 15k FL402
10MHz R490
NQR0336-001X 100
C446 0.1
C453
R483 Q425 0.1 <2125>
0Ω 2SA1532/C/
T C449
C447 C448 Q426
22 0.01 LPF LPF LPF 2SC3930/C/
TO HOST /6.3
AT_ON 0.1 L413 C451 C452
OPEN 47 0.01
R485 /16 R487 Q424 R491 R496 C454
R484 330 330 2SC4081/QRS/ 5.6k R493 R495 75 OPEN
56k 470 5.6k
R481 C450 R488
IC406 390 OPEN R486 680
TC7SH04FU-X 2.7k
Q423
TO DMAIN SW12V 2SC4081/QRS/

SW5V
TO
VIDEO IF SW3.3V
GND

5 0 DIGITAL (D-VHS IF)

p20183001a_rev0.1

A B C D 4-33 4-34 E F G H
 4.17 DIGITAL (DVX) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

Note : The Parts Number, value and rated voltage etc. in the Schematic Diagram are for references only.
When replacing the parts, refer to the Parts List.
TO
LAPRAS
TO HD DEC
5 0 DIGITAL (DVX)
# BCK
R601
HD_27MOUT AI_D0
# AI_D1
TO DMAIN R602
DVX_27M AI_FSYNC
R656 OPEN
TCXO_27M AO_D0
AO_D1

5 C627 0.1
R637 75 C636 47P
R638 75 C637 47P
R639 75 C638 47P
VCC R640 75 C639 47P R649 75 C648 47P
R641 75 C640 47P R650 75 C649 47P

OPEN
GND R642 75 C641 47P R651 75 C650 47P
IC606 R643 75 C642 47P R652 75 C651 47P
R603
1M TC7SHU04FU-X R644 75 C643 47P R653 75 C652 47P

C628 0.1 R645 75 C644 47P R654 75 C653 47P

R655
R604
47 R646 75 C645 47P
X611 R647 75 C646 47P
R648 75 C647 47P

MA0
MA1
MA2
MA3
MA4
MA5
MA6
MA7
MA8
MA9
MA10
MA11
MD0
MD1
MD2
MD3
MD4
MD5
MD6
MD7
MD8
MD9
MD10
MD11
MD12
MD13
MD14
MD15
MD16
MD17
MD18
MD19
MD20
MD21
MD22
MD23
MD24
MD25
MD26
MD27
MD28
MD29
MD30
MD31
MD32
MD33
MD34
MD35
MD36
MD37
MD38
MD39
MD40
MD41
MD42
MD43
MD44
MD45
MD46
MD47
MD48
MD49
MD50
MD51
MD52
MD53
MD54
MD55
MD56
MD57
MD58
MD59
MD60
MD61
MD62
MD63
CLKL
OPEN VCC
X601 R605
0Ω
GND
NAX0338
IC607 DQM7 CLKR
DQM6 CKE
TC7SH04FU-X
DQM5 RAS
C629 C630 DQM4 CAS
10p 10p
DQM3 WE
DQM2 ACLK

R606 R608 R609 R610 DQM1 AID0 C662 470 /16

OPEN 75 75 75
DQM0 AID1
VDDA AID2

C631 VDDP AID3 R657

0.1 GNDA AI_STATUS
R607 10k C654 0.1 C656 0.1
GNDP AI_FSYNC
0Ω R611 OPEN C655 0.01 C657 0.01
VCO_CNTL AOD0
BTP_PLL AOD1
CLK_25MHz AOD2

4 NC
NC
AOD3
AO_STATUS VCC VSS VCC VSS
NC AO_FSYNC R636 DQ0 DQ15 DQ0 DQ15
NC VID0 DQ1 DQ14 DQ1 DQ14
10k
NC VID1 VSSQ VSSQ VSSQ VSSQ
TO NC VID2 DQ2 DQ13 DQ2 DQ13
DECRIPTER NC VID3 DQ3 DQ12 DQ3 DQ12
DECDATA[0-7] NC VID4 VCCQ VCCQ VCCQ VCCQ
NC VID5 DQ4 DQ11 DQ4 DQ11
TO NC VID6 DQ5 DQ10 DQ5 DQ10
HD DEC NC VID7 VSSQ VSSQ VSSQ VSSQ
DECDATA[0-7] NC VID8 DQ6 DQ9 DQ6 DQ9
DECST NC VID9 R635 DQ7 DQ8 DQ7 DQ8
NC VIE VCCQ VCCQ VCCQ VCCQ
1k
SECDATA0 VO_ACTIVE LDQM NC LDQM NC
SECDATA1 VO_HSYNC WE UDQM WE UDQM
R634 C635
SECDATA2 VO_VSYNC 75 47P CAS CLK CAS CLK
SECDATA3 PTSCLK RAS CKE RAS CKE
SECDATA4 IC601 VCLK R633 1k CS NC CS NC
SECDATA5
SECDATA6 DVXCEL-BA1 VOE
VOD0
A11
A10
A9
A8
A11
A10
A9
A8

R612 SECDATA7 VOD1 A0 A7 A0 A7

SECACK (Input) VOD2 A1 A6 A1 A6
4.7k
SBCLK (Input) VOD3 A2 A5 A2 A5
SECREQ_WR (Output) VOD4 A3 A4 A3 A4
SECRD(Output) VOD5 VCC VSS VCC VSS
SECFRAME (I/O) VOD6
R613 20k
PIO0 VOD7 IC602 IC603
R614 20k K4S161622D-TC80 K4S161622D-TC80
PIO1 VDD
R615 C632 R616 HY57V161610DTC8 HY57V161610DTC8
OPEN OPEN 0Ω TDI VDD
TO DMAIN DEC_9MDVX TRST VDD
TO DECRIPTER
3 TO DMAIN
DECST
TRICKST
TRICK_9MDVX
R617 C633
OPEN OPEN
R618
0Ω
TMS
TDO
TCK
VDD
VDD
VDD
TRICKDATA[0-7] TERRD (Output) VDD
R619 4.7k
TERFRAME (I/O) VDD
TBCLK (Input) VDD
R620
4.7k TERACK (Input) VDD
RA601 0Ω C658 0.1 C660 0.1
TERREQ_WR(Output) VDD
C659 0.01 C661 0.01
TERDATA0 VDD

RA603 TERDATA1 VDD

4.7k TERDATA2 VDD
TERDATA3 VDD
TERDATA4 VDD VCC VSS VCC VSS
RA604 TERDATA5 VDD DQ0 DQ15 DQ0 DQ15
4.7k
TERDATA6 VDD DQ1 DQ14 DQ1 DQ14

RA602 0Ω TERDATA7 VDD VSSQ VSSQ VSSQ VSSQ

R621 OPEN
R622 0Ω RST VDD DQ2 DQ13 DQ2 DQ13
R623 4.7k
DTACK (Output) VDD DQ3 DQ12 DQ3 DQ12
R624 OPEN
WAIT (Output) VDD VCCQ VCCQ VCCQ VCCQ
CS (Input) VDD DQ4 DQ11 DQ4 DQ11
RW(Input) VDD DQ5 DQ10 DQ5 DQ10
R625 4.7k
RD (Input) VDD VSSQ VSSQ VSSQ VSSQ
R626 4.7k
HINT (Output) VDD DQ6 DQ9 DQ6 DQ9
HA0 VDD DQ7 DQ8 DQ7 DQ8
HA1 VDD VCCQ VCCQ VCCQ VCCQ
C634 R627
OPEN OPEN HA2 VDD LDQM NC LDQM NC
PBCLK (Input) VDD WE UDQM WE UDQM
(Output)

DMAREQ(Output) VDD CAS CLK CAS CLK

(Input)

R628
(I/O)

4.7k HD0 VDD RAS CKE RAS CKE

HD1 VDDQ CS NC CS NC
DMARD/HD29
FRAME/HD30
BSACK/HD31

HD2 VDDQ A11 A9 A11 A9

BSD0/HD21
BSD1/HD22
BSD2/HD23
BSD3/HD24
BSD4/HD25
BSD5/HD26
BSD6/HD27
BSD7/HD28

A10 A8 A10 A8

VDDQ
VDDQ
VDDQ
VDDQ
VDDQ
VDDQ
VDDQ
VDDQ
VDDQ
VDDQ
VDDQ
VDDQ
HD10
HD11
HD12
HD13
HD14
HD15
HD16
HD17
HD18
HD19
HD20

A0 A7 A0 A7
HD3
HD4
HD5
HD6
HD7
HD8
HD9

VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
A1 A6 A1 A6
TO LAPRAS LAPRAS_RESET A2 A5 A2 A5
E4DTACK A3 A4 A3 A4
4.7k
0Ω

0Ω
0Ω

E4CS VCC VSS VCC VSS

E4WR
RA610

E4IRQ IC604 IC605

RA611
R632
R631

E4ADR[0-2] K4S161622D-TC80 K4S161622D-TC80

HY57V161610DTC8 HY57V161610DTC8
TO DMAIN ENC_9MDVX
TO LAPRAS E4DMAREQ
E4DAT[0-15] TO
TO DMAIN ENCDATA[0-7] VIDEO IF
ENCST VIN[0-7]
VOUT[0-7]
L601 C607 C608 C609 C610 C623 C624 C625 C626
10µ K601 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
NQR0129-002X TO
HD DEC
C601 C602
0.1 22 VIN[0-7]
T /6.3 C611 C612 C613 C614
4.7k

K602 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 VOUT[0-7]

PELN0984-150Y
4.7k

C603 C604
22 0.1 C615 C616 C617 C618
TO VIDEO IF K603
T /6.3 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
NQR0339-001X
R629

R630

SW3.3V

C619 C620 C621 C622

RA605

RA606

RA607

RA608

RA609

RA612

RA613

0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

4.7k

4.7k

4.7k

4.7k

4.7k

4.7k

4.7k

SW2V
NQR0339-001X C605 C606
K604 22 22
T /6.3 T /6.3
GND

1
: Used
# MARKS : Not used

R601 R602

HM-DH30000U

HM-DH25000

HM-DH35000

p10412001a_rev0

A B C D 4-35 4-36 E F G H
 4.18 DIGITAL (VIDEO IF) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
Note : The Parts Number, value and rated voltage etc. in the Schematic Diagram are for references only.
When replacing the parts, refer to the Parts List.
TO
HD_DEC TO
HD_DEC
COMPY
BLK
R
COMPCR # #
R809 R811 # B
COMPCB 300 1k R814 Q851
# 820 OPEN G
VOUTC R813 R817
100 OPEN
# OSD_CLK
VOUTY # B821 0Ω
Q802 # VD
SW3.3V Q831 #
# # R816 HD
SW2.5V

A4
A5
A6
A7
A12
A15
A16
NC
VCC
WE
A17
A14
A13
A8
A9
A11
C830 L811 220
0.1 # 10µ
GND Q801 #
TO R810 IC811
1.2k # OPEN
LAPRAS # Q803 IC803
5 SW3.3V
GND
#
R807
0Ω # R898 # Q856
C895
22p
#
R927
#
R815
680 #
C851
0.1 LE28FV2001ATS15
TO 47k 2SC3936 10k Q804

VSS

A10
OE
CE
D_MAIN

D0
D1
D2

D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
A3
A2
A1
A0
AL3.3V # # FL801 C899 ##
# # C879 OPEN R818
AL2.5V R808 R812 # 1µ 270
150 470 D802 Q863 ±0.5%
SW12V OPEN

SW2.5V #
# R928 C888
SW3.3V C878 10k
1µ OPEN
SW1.8V
GND
TO ## B822
DVX SW3.3V # # # B823 0Ω
L801 R821 R823 # L803
SW2V 10µ 330 1k R826
820 Q852
GND R829
TO OPEN 10µ
# C852
IC812
DECRIPTER AL3V # R901 OPEN

D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
CE
OE
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
Q806 # # Q832 # OPEN OPEN 0Ω
SW3.3V # Q807 R825 R828
C832 100 220
GND C812 C829 0.1 # VSS1 A6
47 0.1 R822
/16 1.2k XTALIN A7
TO SW3.3V # # R903 10k R902
DSP Q805 R827 XTALOUT A8
SW2.5V # 680 R904 0Ω OPEN
R819 # CTRL1 A9
GND 0Ω R930 #
OSCIN A10

0Ω
10k Q808
TO MENU_H # # C853 A11
C881 ## OSCOUT
# # FL802 OPEN R905

R911
HOST 1080_H R820 R824 1µ R830
MUTE A12 ## B824
150 470 # 150
AL5V D803 ±0.5% 10k A13 C889
CDLR IC802 OPEN
AL3.3V # R906 10k LC74731W-9807 A14 #
ROUT
B825 0Ω
AL2.5V # C880 R931
10k A15
1µ GOUT
GND BOUT A16
BLKOUT A17
TO SW5V
D-VHS_IF OUTMOD VDD1 IC813
4 SW12V
AL3.3V
#
R833
330
#
R835
1k
#
R838 Q853
CS
SEPIN
RST
OPEN

SIN

R910 0Ω
GND 820 OPEN
R841 SEPOUT
OPEN SCLK

CVOUT
TO

COUT
SW5V # #

YOUT

SYNIN
VDD2

HFTIN
Cbias

VSS2

CVCr
CVIN
# Q810 # # Q833 #

CIN
AUDIO

YIN
NC

NC

NC

NC
AL5V C834 Q811 R837 R840 DTC114EUA-X
0.1 100 220
AUDIO[-] #
R935 #
SW3.3V 3.3k R834
1.2k
GND IC808 C806 # #
SI-3025LS-X 22 /6.3 # Q809 R839 R907 R908 R909 C890
R831 # 680 10k 10k 10k OPEN
T 0Ω R933 #
C805 C891

T
22 /6.3 0.1 10k Q812
# # ## C886
# # C883 FL803 R842 C815 C855 C856 1µ
R832 R836 # 1µ 150 100 /6.3 0.1 0.1 ## B826
150 470 D804
VOUT

VOUT

GND

GND
±0.5%
VO

VIN

R947

ON/OFF
51k #
# R934 IC810
# C882
NC

Q836 10k
GND

1µ SN74LV08APW
IN

IN
ADJ

VC

R946
## IC804 TC7SH32FU-X
100k

R950 R845 R847

1k R806 1k 330 1k R850
IC814 1k Q854 ## IC806
L813 R853 OPEN
SI-3012LU-X OPEN TC7SH08FU-X
OPEN
Q814 Q834
C804 OPEN Q815
C836 R849 R852
C876 0.1 100 220
VO

VIN

OPEN
T

R949
IC809 OPEN R846
OPEN 1k
GND

Q813
ADJ
VOUT

VOUT

GND

GND

VC

R843
R948 0Ω ## C857
ON/OFF

OPEN L810 ## IC805 TC7SH86FU-X 0.1

3 22µ Q816
NC

R851 ##
IN

IN

R844 C894 R848 680 C901 C900 R854

330 10p 390 OPEN FL804 OPEN 200
IC815 R803 ±0.5%
OPEN 1k
TO SUB REG
LC801 B808 0Ω
CN5502 CN8801 PELN1148-223X
B809 0Ω
SW12V
R857 R859 B810 0Ω
GND C821 330 1k R862 Q855
C801 0.1 C803 C823 OPEN
SW5V 47 /16 0.1 R861 1k L812
47 /16 R865
1.2k OPEN
AUDIO[-] L807 OPEN
10µ Q818
C802 Q835 R801 OPEN
C822 C838 Q819 R864
100 0.1 0.1
/6.3 L809 220
## R802 0Ω
TO REG 10µ
R858
CN5302 CN8802 LC802 1k
LC803
PELN1148-223X PELN1148-223X Q817
PS3.3V LC807 C884 Q862

100

820
PELN1148-223X R855 22p

0.1

0.1
C885 ## C872 OPEN

22
1.5k

/6.3
0.1
PS3.3V 0Ω

R924
12p 0.1
##

##
PS2.2V LC806
PELN1148-223X Q820 ##
LC805 ## ##

## C820
## C874
## R923

## R922
## C873
R863

C875
PS2.2V R925 Q861
PELN1148-223X 680 R866 R921 OPEN

##
LC804 R856 R860 C897 FL805 C896 300 2.7k 0Ω
AL3.3V 330 390 Q841 OPEN OPEN ±0.5%
PELN1148-223X
AL5V ##
## R913
GND C807 C824 R912 2.7k ## ##
47 /6.3 0.1 T T T 1.5k R918 R919
GND 1k 1k
C809 C826 C810 C827 C811 C828
GND T 47 0.1 47 0.1 47 0.1 ## C858 R899 C898
C808 /6.3 /6.3 /6.3 0.1 OPEN OPEN
GND 47 C825 R804 ##
/6.3 0.1 0Ω R920
PS2.5V R869 R872 R937
1k 2.2k 18k ## ## ## C859 0.1 ##
PS2.5V LC808 Q838 R895 R944 R896 Q829
PELN1148-223X R943 470 470 470 ## R914 820 DTC144EUA-X
TO TERMINAL-NTSC R867 470 B827
OPEN
10k D805 ##
CN7104 CN8803 Q822 C887 TO
C841 4.7 ## R915 100 R917 HOST
G_OUT R892 R874 0.1

2 0Ω 220 OPEN
## ## C860 0.1
GND OSD_CS
Q824 ## Q843 ## B811
C_OUT R871 Q823 C840 Q842 P_MUTE_L/DVHSPB_L
C813 220 4.7 R938 R939 C871 0.1 ## B812
22 /6.3 Q821 ## C819 22 /50
GND 390 1k R940 VIDEO_RESET
1.2k R878 ## C870 R916 ## B813
Cr_OUT 0Ω VIDEO_27M
B806 OPEN C861 0.1 OPEN OPEN ## B814
GND Q840 ## VIDEO_CS
L808
IC801 ## B815
Cb_OUT C848 ## VIDEO_OSD_CLK
10µ 68p
Q837 Q839 R877 R876
470k
JCP8029 ## B816
VIDEO_OSD_TXD
GND R868 R870 R936 R873 FL806 R875 470
15k 2.2k OPEN 1k 680 ## OPEN ## B817
Y_OUT R893 R945 VIDEO_OSD_RXD
150 270 ## ## C862 0.1
TO D801
C863 0.1
HD_DEC ##
## C864 0.1
SW12V_HDIN
## C845 R942 C865 0.1
VINY 0.1 OPEN ##
R879 R886 R887
VINC 22k R894 D806
10k 1k 10k
CLAMP L802
Q828 10µ C846
VRL Q825 OPEN 0.1
R941
C842 R882 R897 OPEN
0.01 220 0Ω
## L805
TO AUDIO AD/DA C843
0.01
Q826 R890 47µ
R880 R884 27p
Y_IN 27k OPEN
C_IN C847 Q827
0.1 C814 R883 OPEN
47 R881 680 C844 ## L806
/16 1k R885 OPEN R891 47µ
10k R889 680
FL807 R888 OPEN
OPEN C892 C893 ## T ## ## T ## ## ##
OPEN 0.1 C817 C877 C866 C818 C867 C868
330 47 0.1 22 0.1 0.1
/6.3 /6.3 /6.3
## ## RA803
RA801 ## RA804
RA805 TO
## ## OPEN DVX
C869 RA802 RA806

5 0 DIGITAL (VIDEO IF)

0.1 OPEN VOUT[0-7]

1 VIN[0-7]

# MARKS ELEMENTS ARE MOUNTED ONLY HM-DH30000U.

## MARKS ELEMENTS ARE MOUNTED ONLY HM-DH25000.

p10413001a_rev0

A B C D 4-37 4-38 E F G H
 4.19 DIGITAL (HD DEC) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM Note : The Parts Number, value and rated voltage etc. in the Schematic Diagram are for references only.
When replacing the parts, refer to the Parts List.

OPEN OPEN
OPEN OPEN
OPEN OPEN
OPEN OPEN
OPEN OPEN
OPEN OPEN
OPEN OPEN
OPEN OPEN
OPEN OPEN
OPEN OPEN
OPEN OPEN
OPEN OPEN
OPEN OPEN
OPEN OPEN

OPEN OPEN

OPEN OPEN
OPEN OPEN
C1058
C1057
C1056
C1055
C1054
C1053
C1052
C1051
C1050
C1049
C1048
C1047
C1046
C1045

C1044

C1043
C1042
TO HOST Q1021
8037_ON[H] R1001
470

TO VIDEO_IF
COMPY DTA114EUA
COMPCB TO HOST

R1045
R1059
R1058
R1057
R1056
R1055
R1054
R1053
R1052
R1051
R1050
R1049
R1048
R1047
R1046
COMPCR Y[7]

R1044
R1043
Q1001
VOUTY 2SA1576A/RS/
VOUTC Q1022
R1002
470

IC1002
DTA114EUA K4S643232C-TC70

Q1002

5 2SA1576A/RS/

R1003
Q1023
VCC
DQ0
VSS
DQ15

470 VCCQ VSSQ

XMWE
MDQM7
MDQM6
MDQM5
MDQM4
MDQM3
MDQM2
MDQM1
MDQM0

MCLKO
MADR9
MADR8
MADR7
MADR6
MADR5
MADR4
MADR3
MADR2
MADR1
MADR0
DQ1 DQ14

MADR12
MADR11
MADR10
MDARA61

MDATA9
MDATA8
MDATA7
MDATA6
MDATA5
MDATA4
MDATA3
MDATA2
MDATA1
MDATA0

MCLKIN
MDATA63
MDATA62

MDATA60
MDATA59
MDATA58
MDATA57
MDATA56
MDATA55
MDATA54
MDATA53
MDATA52
MDATA51
MDATA50
MDATA49
MDATA48
MDATA47
MDATA46
MDATA45
MDATA44
MDATA43
MDATA42
MDATA41
MDATA40
MDATA39
MDATA38
MDATA37
MDATA36
MDATA35
MDATA34
MDATA33
MDATA32
MDATA31
MDATA30
MDATA29
MDATA28
MDATA27
MDATA26
MDATA25
MDATA24
MDATA23
MDATA22
MDATA21
MDATA20
MDATA19
MDATA18
MDATA17
MDATA16
MDATA15
MDATA14
MDATA13
MDATA12
MDATA11
MDATA10
DTA114EUA C1040 DQ2 DQ13
RA1001 0.1 VSSQ VCCQ
10k
SMCK XMRAS DQ3 DQ12
Q1003
2SA1576A/RS/ TST XMCAS DQ4 DQ11 C1041
SM VCCQ VSSQ 0.1
Q1024
R1004 MST DQ5 DQ10
470 R1066 10k
TEST0 DQ6 DQ9
R1067 10k
DTA114EUA TEST1 VSSQ VCCQ
R1068 0Ω
TEST2 DQ7 DQ8
R1069 0Ω
TEST3 NC NC
Q1004 10k
2SA1576A/RS/ TEST4 VCC VSS
RA1003
Q1025 TEST5 DQM0 DQM1
R1005 TEST6 WE NC
470
TEST7 CAS NC R1042
10k
DTA114EUA TEST8 RAS CLK
RA1004 100
L1002 TEST9 CS CKE
10µ T TEST10 NC A9
C1063 Q1005
0.1 2SA1576A/RS/ TEST11 A12[BA0] A8
C1062 22µ /6.3
HDPLL_RESET XPLLRST A11[BA1] A7
R1060
TO HOST HD_RESET XRST A10/AP A6
R1006
TEST[H] 0Ω XRSTSYNC A0 A5
10k
AHAST XHAS A1 A4
AFCS XHCS A2 A3
AHDSTB XHDST DQM2 DQM3
TO

4 LAPRAS AFINT
AWR
XHINT
XRDXWR
VCC
NC
VSS
NC
E4DAT[0-15] HAD0 DQ16 DQ31
TO VIDEO IF SW12V_HDIN HAD1 VSSQ VCCQ
R1061 R1007 R1010
3.9k OPEN 100 HAD2 DQ17 DQ30

Q1006 HAD3 DQ18 DQ29 C1039

±0.5% 2SC4081/QRS/ 0.1
HAD4 VCCQ VSSQ
R1011 HAD5 DQ19 DQ28
R1008 0Ω
C1001 3.3k HAD6 DQ20 DQ27
0.1 ±0.5% C1038
HAD7 0.1 VSSQ VCCQ
Q1007
2SC4081/QRS/ HAD8 R1070 47 DQ21 DQ26
R1012 HAD9 Y[7] DQ22 DQ25
0Ω
C1002 R1009 HAD10 VCCQ VSSQ
0.1 1.2k
±0.5% R1013 HAD11 N.C C1061 DQ23 DQ24
33 IC1001 OPEN
HAD12 N.C VCC VSS
HAD13 JCP8037 N.C
HAD14 N.C C1037
R1062 R1014 R1017 0.1
3.9k OPEN 100 HAD15 N.C

Q1008 N.C N.C

±0.5% 2SC4081/QRS/ N.C N.C
R1018 N.C N.C
R1015 0Ω
C1003 3.3k N.C N.C
0.1 ±0.5%
Q1009 VINC N.C
IC1003
R1016 VINY OSDDATA3 K4S643232C-TC70
TO VIDEO_IF C1004 1.2k R1019 CLAMP OSDDATA2
0.1 ±0.5% 0Ω
VRL VRH_C OSDDATA1
R1020 VRL_C OSDDATA0 VCC VSS
33 R1063 1k
VRH_Y OSDVD DQ0 DQ15
2SC4081/QRS/ R1064 1k

3 VINC
VINY
C1005 0.1
VRL_Y
AVD1
OSDHD
OSDCLK
R1065 1k
VCCQ
DQ1
VSSQ
DQ14
CLAMP AVD2 STDATA7 C1036 DQ2 DQ13
COMPY STDATA6 0.1 VSSQ VCCQ
COMPCB STDATA5 DQ3 DQ12
COMPCR STDATA4 DQ4 DQ11 C1035
VOUTY STDATA3 VCCQ VSSQ 0.1

VOUTC STDATA2 DQ5 DQ10

B1006 0Ω
VREF_COMPY STDATA1 DQ6 DQ9
B1007 0Ω
R1021 R1022 R1023 R1024 R1025 VREF_COMPCB STDATA0 VSSQ VCCQ
100 75 75 200 150 B1008 0Ω
±0.5% ±0.5% ±0.5% ±0.5% ±0.5% VREF_COMPCR STCLK DQ7 DQ8
B1009 0Ω
VREFY TSDATA7 NC NC
R1026 B1010 0Ω
1.5k R1029 VREFC TSDATA6 VCC VSS
560 R1031 2.7k
VRO_COMPY TSDATA5 DQM0 DQM1
R1032 2.7k
R1027 VRO_COMPCB TSDATA4 WE NC
R1033 2.7k R1041
8.2k Q1011 VRO_COMPCR TSDATA3 CAS NC 100
±0.5% R1034 2.7k
VROY TSDATA2 RAS CLK
R1035 2.7k
Q1010 VROC TSDATA1 CS CKE
C1008 DAC_COMPY TSDATA0 NC A9
B1011 0.1
D1001
UDZ5.1B-X

OPEN C1009 DAC_COMPCB TSPSTART A12[BA0] A8

0.1 R1039 10k
C1010 DAC_COMPCR TSEN A11[BA1] A7
0.1
R1030 AVD3 TSCLK A10/AP A6
560 C1011 0.1 C1031 0.0022
R1028 T AVD4 VCI A0 A5
2.2k AVD5_1 LPFO R1036 R1037 C1030 A1 A4
±0.5% 1.8k 470 0.022
AVD5_2 CPO A2 A3
2SA1576A/RS/ 2SC4081/QRS/ R1038 C1029
C1007 AVD6_1 CK27I OPEN DQM2 DQM3
C1006 22 OPEN
0.1 /6.3 AVD6_2 VDD2 0.1 VCC VSS
L1001 C1028
10µ AVD7_1 VDD2 NC NC

2 TO DVX
HD_27MOUT
AVD7_2
VOUTCK
VDD2
VDD2
C1027
0.1
DQ16
VSSQ
DQ31
VCCQ
VIN[0-7] VOUTDATA0 VDD2 C1026 DQ17 DQ30
0.1
VOUTDATA1 VDD2 DQ18 DQ29 C1034
C1060 0.01 0.1
VOUTDATA2 VDD2 VCCQ VSSQ
IC1004 VOUTDATA3 VDD2 DQ19 DQ28
TC7SZ04FU-X
VOUTDATA4 VDD2 C1033 DQ20 DQ27
VOUTDATA5 VDD2 0.1 VSSQ VCCQ
VOUTDATA6 VDD2 C1025 DQ21 DQ26
0.1
VOUTDATA7 VDD2 DQ22 DQ25
VCCQ VSSQ
AVS5_1
AVS5_2
AVS6_1
AVS6_2
AVS7_1
AVS7_2

VDDP1
VDDP2
VSSP1
VSSP2

VDD1
VDD1
VDD1
VDD1
VDD1
VDD1
VDD1
VDD1
VDD1
VDD1
VDD1
VDD1
VDD1
VDD1
VDD1
VDD1
VDD1
VDD1
VDD1
VDD1
VDD1
VDD1
VDD1
VDD1
VDD2
VDD2
VDD2
VDD2
VDD2
AVS1
AVS2
AVS3
AVS4

DQ23 DQ24
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
TO
C1059 C1012 VCC VSS VIDEO_IF
R1040 OΩ 470 /6.3 22 /6.3
BLK
C1013 B
T 0.1 C1032
GND 0.1 G

C1019 C1020 R
K1004 0.1 0.1 VD
NQR0129-002X
TO SW2.5V HD
C1016 C1017 C1014
VIDEO IF 22 /6.3 0.1 22 /6.3
T
C1015
0.1 OSD_CLK
NQR0339-001X
T K1005 NQR0129-002X
K1001 VOUT[0-7] TO DVX
SW3.3V K1003 VIDEO_27M TO DMAIN
NQR0339-001X C1021 C1022 C1023 C1024
0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
T
C1018
22
/6.3 TO
DVX
K1002 DECDATA[0-7]
PELN0984-150Y WR523

1 DECST
DEC_9MHD TO DMAIN
5 0 DIGITAL (HD DEC)
TO DIGI SUB3

J2
OPEN

p10303001a_rev0.1

A B C D 4-39 4-40 E F G H
 4.20 DIGITAL (LAPRAS) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

Note : The Parts Number, value and rated voltage etc. in the Schematic Diagram are for references only.
When replacing the parts, refer to the Parts List.

TO VIDEO IF K1403 PELN0984-150Y

TO
SW3.3V DVX
GND E4DAT[0-15]
E4ADR[0-2]
E4CS
# IC1402 # IC1403 E4WR
5 E4DMAREQ

PELN0984-150Y
A15 A16 A15 A16 E4DTACK
A14 BYTE C1412 A14 BYTE C1411 E4IRQ
0.1 0.1
A13 Vss A13 Vss AO_D1

K1402
A12 DQ15/ A12 DQ15/ AO_D0
A11 DQ7 A11 DQ7 C1409 AI_FSYNC
C1410 0.1
A10 DQ14 A10 DQ14 R1409 10k C1401 0.1 AI_D0
A9 DQ6 A9 DQ6 22 AI_D1
T /6.3
A8 DQ13 A8 DQ13 R1410 10k BCK
A19 DQ5 A19 DQ5 LAPRAS_RESET
N.C. DQ12 N.C. DQ12 R1421
0Ω

10k
10k
10k
WE DQ4 WE DQ4

VSS
VDD
FMADR5
FMADR4
FMADR3
FMADR2
FMADR1
FMOE_
FMCE_
FMADR0
VSS
VDD
E4DAT15
E4DAT14
E4DAT13
E4DAT12
E4DAT11
E4DAT10
E4DAT9
E4DAT8
VSS
VDD
E4DAT7
E4DAT6
E4DAT5
E4DAT4
E4DAT3
E4DAT2
E4DAT1
E4DAT0
VSS
VDD
E4ADR0
E4CS_
E4WR_
E4ADR2
E4DMARQ_
E4DTACK_
E4TRQ_
E4ADR1
RESET Vcc RESET Vcc R1420
N.C. DQ11 R1430 N.C. DQ11

R1411
OPEN

R1412
R1413
OPEN
N.C. DQ3 N.C. DQ3 FMADR6 SCANCK
RY/BY DQ10 RY/BY DQ10 FMADR7 E4OD1
A18 DQ2 A18 DQ2 FMADR17 E4OD0
A17 DQ9 A17 DQ9 FMADR18 E4IFSYNC
A7 DQ1 A7 DQ1 FMRYBY E4ID0
A6 DQ8 A6 DQ8 FMCE2_ VSS
A5 DQ0 A5 DQ0 MXWE_ VDD
A4 OE A4 OE FMADR19 HDATA15
A3 Vss A3 Vss FMADR8 HDATA14
4 A2 CE A2 CE C1402
0.1
VDD HDATA13
A1 A0 A1 A0 VSS HDATA12
FMADR9 HDATA11
FMADR10 HDATA10
FMADR11 HDATA9
FMADR12 HDATA8 TO
FMADR13 VSS C1408
0.1
HOST
FMADR14 VDD BC_D[0-15]
FMADR15 HDATA7
TO
DSP FMADR16
# IC1401 HDATA6
E4DAT[0-15] R1414 VDD HDATA5
0Ω R1422
VSS HDATA4
OPEN
APINT APINT_ HDATA3
ACLK ACLKIN HDATA2
ANCS ANCS_ HDATA1
ARDRDY1 ARDRDY1 HDATA0
ADR ADR VSS
ADX ADX VDD
ASPFS ASPFS HADDR7
ADR2 ADR2 HADDR6
ASPFS2 ASPFS2 HADDR5
ADX2 ADX2 HADDR4
LAPRAS_RESET C1403 VDD HADDR3
3 0.1 VSS HADDR2
ANCS2 ANCS2_ HADDR1 TO
ARD2RDY1 ARD2RDY1 HADDR0 HOST
ARDRDY0 ARDRDY0 VSS C1407 BC_A[1-8]
0.1
AWRRDY1 AWRRDY1 VDD
AWRRDY0 AWRRDY0 HXCS_ LAPRAS_CS
AHDSTB AHDSTB_ HRD_ BC_RS

AWR2RDY1
AWR2RDY0
ARD2RDY0
AWR AWR_ HWR_ BC_WS

ACLKOUT

ACLKSEL
PLLCTL0

PLLCTL1
SCANEN
APINT2_
FMOE2_

ADEM17
AHAST_

HSTSW
ADEM0
ADEM1

AFINT_
10k
10k
10k
10k
10k
10k
BC_BCLK

ALRCK

HACK_
ASCLK

AFCS_
AHAST

HIRQ_
ADDO

MRST

E4ID1
AVDD

HCLK
AVSS

TCTL

CK27
DADI
VDD

VDD

VDD

VDD
BCK
VSS

VSS

VSS

VSS
LAPRAS_INT

IEC
BCK
APINT2 BC_WAIT

R1423
R1424
R1425
R1426
R1427
R1428
ARD2RDY0 LAPRAS_RESET
C1404
AWR2RDY1 0.1
AWR2RDY0
K1401
NQR0129-002X

C1405

OPEN
C1413 TO

0Ω

0Ω
1k
0Ω
0Ω
0Ω

0Ω
0Ω
0.1

0
0.1
DMAIN
R1401

R1429

OPEN
0Ω
LAPRAS_27M

R1415

R1416
R1417

R1418
R1419
R1402
R1403
B1401
B1402

10k
10k
10k

10k
R1408
OPEN

R1404
R1405
R1407

R1406
B1403
2 C1406
OPEN

TO
AUDIO AD/DA
LAPRAS_RESET
IEC
ALRCK
X2 S0 S1 CLK ASCLK
IC1404 ADDO
MK2703-X DADI
TO X1 Vcc GND 27M DEM1
HD_DEC DEM0
K1404
E4DAT[0-15] NQR0129-002X DEM17[H]
AHDSTB ACLK
AWR C1414
0.1
AFCS
AHAST
AFINT

5 0 DIGITAL (LAPRAS)

1
# NOTICE
IC1401 IC1402 IC1403
HM-DH30000U JCP8034-2 OPEN SST39VF160-7CEK
HM-DH25000 JCP8034 OPEN MBV800TA90PT
HM-DH35000 JCP8034-2 MR27V1602E-1STN SST39VF160-7CEK

p20262001a_rev0

A B C D 4-41 4-42 E F G H
 4.21 DIGITAL (DSP) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

Note : The Parts Number, value and rated voltage etc. in the Schematic Diagram are for references only.
When replacing the parts, refer to the Parts List.
TO
VIDEO_IF
SW3.3V
SW2.5V TO DMAIN
5 GND DSP_27M

TO LAPRAS
ACLK
BCK
LAPRAS_RESET
AHDSTB
AWR
AHAST
E4DAT[0-15]
ADR
ASPFS
ADX
ARDRDY1
ARDRDY0

C1616

OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN

OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
AWRRDY1

0Ω
0Ω
10k
10k
10k

0Ω
0Ω
0Ω

0Ω
0Ω
0Ω
AWRRDY0
ANCS
APINT
R1634
R1633
R1632
R1631
R1630
R1629
# R1628
# R1627
# R1626

R1625

# R1624
# R1623
# R1622

# R1621
# R1620
# R1619
R1618
R1617
R1616
# R1615
# R1614
OPEN
ADR2
ASPFS2
4 ADX2

OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN

OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
ARD2RDY1

R1724

0Ω
0Ω
10k
10k
10k

0Ω
0Ω
0Ω

0Ω
0Ω
ARD2RDY0

0
AWR2RDY1
AWR2RDY0

R1734
R1733
R1732
R1731
R1730
R1729
R1728
R1727
R1726

R1725

R1723
R1722

R1721
R1720
R1719
R1718
R1717
R1716
R1715
R1714
OPEN
#
R1613 R1713 ANCS2
0Ω 0Ω
APINT2

C1716
OPEN
#
C1614 C1714
0.1 0.1

0.1
# K1601 K1701
# C1615
0.1

PELN1984-150Y PELN1984-150Y

C1715
GND2
BCKI0
LRCKI0
DI0
VDD2
BCKI1
LRCKI1
DI1
BCKI2
LRCKI2
DI2
BCKI3
LRCKI3
DI3
GND2
IC
GND3
PLLCONT
GND3
VDD3
GND3
RESETB
GND3
DBBRRDY1
GND3

GND2
BCKI0
LRCKI0
DI0
VDD2
BCKI1
LRCKI1
DI1
BCKI2
LRCKI2
DI2
BCKI3
LRCKI3
DI3
GND2
IC
GND3
PLLCONT
GND3
VDD3
GND3
RESETB
GND3
DBBRRDY1
GND3
# K1602 K1702
PELN1984-150Y C1613 PELN1984-150Y C1713
VDD3 VDD2 OPEN VDD3 VDD2 OPEN
# C1601 C1701
# 0.1 DO5 DBBRRDY0 0.1 DO5 DBBRRDY0
R1601 0Ω R1701 0Ω
DO4 DBBWRDY1 DO4 DBBWRDY1
R1602 OPEN R1702 OPEN
DO3 DBBWRDY0 DO3 DBBWRDY0
3 R1603 OPEN
GND3 EXTDIR
R1703 OPEN
GND3 EXTDIR
DO2 DIR DO2 DIR
R1604 OPEN R1704 OPEN
DO1 GND2 DO1 GND2
# C1602 C1702
0.1 DO0 HDSTB 0.1 DO0 HDSTB
R1605 C1603 R1705 C1703
VDD2 HR/WB OPEN VDD2 HR/WB
OPEN OPEN OPEN
CKI HCSB CKI
IC1701 HCSB
# K1603
NQR0129-002X DVDD # HAST K1703
NQR0129-002X DVDD HAST
# C1612 uPD61002GC C1712
AVDD
IC1601 VDD3 0.1 AVDD VDD3 0.1
AGND HAD15 AGND HAD15
# DGND
uPD61003GC HAD14 C1704 DGND HAD14
C1604 0.1 0.1
VDD3I HAD13 VDD3I HAD13
# R1606 0Ω # C1611 R1706 0Ω C1711
LRCKO VDD2 0.1 LRCKO VDD2 0.1
BCKO HAD12 BCKO HAD12
# MCKO HAD11 MCKO HAD11
R1607 C1605 R1707 C1705
OPEN C1606 0.1 VDD3 HAD10 OPEN 0.1 VDD3 HAD10
C1706
GND2 GND3 GND2 GND3
OPEN OPEN
MCK44 HAD9 MCK44 HAD9
MCK48 HAD8 MCK48 HAD8
# R1608 10k R1708 10k
P10 HAD7 P10 HAD7
# R1609 10k R1709 10k
P11 HAD6 P11 HAD6
P00/INTP00
P01/INTP01
P02/INTP02
P03/INTP03
P04/INTP04
P05/INTP05

P00/INTP00
P01/INTP01
P02/INTP02
P03/INTP03
P04/INTP04
P05/INTP05
# VDD2 VDD3 C1610 VDD2 VDD3 C1710
C1607 OPEN OPEN
GND3

GND2

GND3

GND3

GND2

GND3
VDD2

VDD3
HAD0
HAD1
HAD2
HAD3
HAD4
HAD5

VDD2

VDD3
HAD0
HAD1
HAD2
HAD3
HAD4
HAD5
0.1
2 C1707
P12
P13
P14
P15
P16
P17

P06
P07

P12
P13
P14
P15
P16
P17

P06
P07
0.1
C1609

C1709
0.1

0.1
#

C1608 # R1612 C1708 R1712

OPEN OPEN
4.7k 4.7k
10k

10k
0Ω

0Ω
# R1610
# R1611

R1710
R1711
5 0 DIGITAL (DSP) # RA1601
10k # RA1602
10k
# RA1603
10k
RA1701
10k
RA1702
10k
RA1703
10k

1 # MARKS ELEMENTS ARE MOUNTED ONLY HM-DH30000U.

p20263001a_rev0

A B C D 4-43 4-44 E F G H
 4.22 DIGITAL (AUDIO AD/DA) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

Note : The Parts Number, value and rated voltage etc. in the Schematic Diagram are for references only.
When replacing the parts, refer to the Parts List.

5 5 0 DIGITAL(AUDIO AD/DA)
# #
R1837 Q1803
100k 2SC4081/QRS/ TO
L1803 VIDEO_IF
# R1833 10µ L1802
10k R1843 10µ
R1827 0Ω SW5V
C1843
4.7k AL5V

R1825 AUDIO[-]
C1828 R1831
C1830 10k # 470p SW3.3V
100p C1840 330
0.1 # Q1801 L1801
DTA144WUA 10µ GND
C1832 R1823 #
0.1 10k R1835
C1834 C1836 390
OPEN OPEN
B1801 #
R1829 R1821 OPEN R1839 TO DIGI (VIDEO IF)
220 4.7k C1819 C1818 1k
47 /16 47 /6.3 WR902
# Q1802
VCC DTC144WUA

IC1803 R1812
BA15218F OPEN

4
VEE
T
TO DIGI (VIDEO IF)
R1830 WR901 R1822
220 4.7k C1814 C1815
TO MAIN(MAIN-TERMINAL) 0.1 4.7 /6.3
CN7107 CN9801 # R1810 R1809 R1808 R1807
C1835 C1837 R1836 10 10k 10k R1811
OPEN OPEN 390 10 1k
NC
# C1816
D/A_OUT[R] C1841 10 /16
GND C1831 R1826 0.1 C1813
100p 10k C1833 C1829 22 /6.3

T
R1824 0.1
D/A_OUT[L] 10k 470p C1817
10 /16
GND R1828
A/D_IN[R] 4.7k
# R1834
10k
GND R1842
C1838 # # 0Ω
A/D_IN[L] 0.001 R1838 Q1804 C1812
100k 2SC4081/QRS/ 0.1
GND
C_IN R1832
10
GND

VCOM

DGND
CMODE

PD

VD

DEM1

DEM0

SMUTE
AOUTR

SDTO
AOUTL

MCKI
C1839
Y_IN OPEN

TO VIDEO IF C1826 R1819 C1822

3 Y_IN OPEN 10k 100p
R1815
IC1801
AK4522VF
GND 10k
C_IN

VREFH

AINR+

AGND
AINL+
AINR-

LRCK
R1817 C1820 C1824

SCLK
AINL-

SDTI
DIF0

DIF1
10k OPEN 100p

VA
R1813
10k

VEE TO LAPRAS

C1804

C1803
0.0022

0.0022
DEM17[H]
DEM0
IC1802 C1809
BA15218F DEM1
0.1
DADI

VCC
ADDO
ASCLK
R1814 ALRCK
10k C1802
10 /16 R1805 R1806 ACLK
R1802 1.8k 0Ω 0Ω
C1821 C1825 LAPRAS_RESET
R1818 OPEN 100p
10k IEC
R1801 1.8k
R1816
10k C1801
10 /16
2 C1811 T
C1810
22 /16 0.1

R1820 C1823 C1827

10k 100p OPEN T T
R1803 R1804
1.8k 1.8k
C1808 C1806 C1805 C1807
4.7 /6.3 0.1 0.1 4.7 /6.3

R1840
0Ω

INPUT
VCC
GND C1842 R1841
0.1 100k

IC1804
GP1F32T

1 #DIFFERENCE TABLE : Used : Not used

SYMBOL Q1801 ~Q1804 SYMBOL IC1804

R1833 ~R1839 R1840
C1840 ,C1841 R1841
MODEL MODEL C1842

JPN /US OPTICAL YES

EU/EK /MS OUT NO

p20182001a_rev0.1

A B C D 4-45 4-46 E F G H
 4.23 DIGITAL (DECRIPTER) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM Note : The Parts Number, value and rated voltage etc. in the Schematic Diagram are for references only.
When replacing the parts, refer to the Parts List.

TO 5 0 DIGITAL (DECRIPTER)
HOST
MAIN_RESET
GND
TO DMAIN
VIDEO_27M

GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
NC
NC
NC
TDI
TDO
TRST
TMS
TEB
TCK
TOUT
TIN
NC
NC
XRST
SCLK
TO
HOST
BC_A[1-13] HADDR0 NC
HADDR1 NC TO DVX
HADDR2 OTSDT0 DECDATA[0-7]
HADDR3 OTSDT1
HADDR4 OTSDT2
HADDR5 OTSDT3
HADDR6 OTSDT4
HADDR7 OTSDT5
HADDR8 OTSDT6
HADDR9 OTSDT7
TO
HADDR10 CMDBSY DMAIN
HADDR11
IC1201 OTSV DECST
HADDR12 JCP8044 NC
NC NC R1203
NC NC OPEN
TO HOST TO DMAIN
NC NC
4 BC_D[0-15] HDATA0 TCLK DEC_9MDEC
HDATA1 ITSDT0 TSDATA[0-7]
HDATA2 ITSDT1
HDATA3 ITSDT2
HDATA4 ITSDT3
HDATA5 ITSDT4
HDATA6 ITSDT5
HDATA7 ITSDT6
HDATA8 ITSDT7
HDATA9 NC
TO DMAIN
HDATA10 ITSV TSPSTART

HXWEH
HDATA11
HDATA12
HDATA13
HDATA14
HDATA15

HXWEL

HXACK
IC1202

HXCS

HXRE
HCLK
HSEL
TC7SH04FU-X

VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
VCC
NC
NC

NC

NC
NC
NC
NC
K1202
PELN0984-150Y
TO VIDEO IF
AL3V

0Ω
0Ω
K1201
PELN0984-150Y
C1207 0.1 SW3.3V

R1201
R1202
C1201 C1202
3 TO HOST
R1205 C1203 C1206
0.1 T 22 /6.3
GND
PREC_CS 0.1 0.1
R1206 OPEN 10k
BC_BCLK
BC_RS
BC_WS1
BC_WS

P30098001a_rev0

A B C D 4-47 4-48 E F G H
4.24 REGULATOR AND SUB REGULATOR CIRCUIT BOARDS

CAUTION : DANGEROUS VOLTAGE

FOR CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST FIRE HAZARD, REPLACE ONLY WITH SAME TYPE AND RATED FUSE(S).
T F FOR CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST FIRE HAZARD, REPLACE ONLY WITH SAME TYPE CP(S) MANUFACTURED BY ROHM.
ATTENTION :
<01> REGULATOR, <02> SUB REGULATOR REPLACER PAR DES FUSIBLE DE MEME TYPE.
LPB10118-001B
R5513 R5512 E Q5501 Q5502 D5305 D5306 1 2 3

R5502
IC5301

R5503
Q5506
CN5302 10 12 LPB10118 -001B

C5210

C5307
D5312

D5206
01

Q5507
SW.REG PWB

R5501

FC5001
1 5 D5308

C5207
D5313

C5306
R5322 L5001

R5333
E D5510 LPA10118 -
D5207

Q5503
D5307 PC5101

C5202

4
2 3

1
CN5303

IC5305
2
R5514 C5501 C5208

R5313
R5320 1 4

F5001
R5328

D5315
D5304
IC5306 R5321

C5316
4 C5105

R5105
R5327

R5504

14
D5102 R5101

18
1

D5103

D5001
D5502
R5506

5
R5314 C5315 D5208 R5319

FC5002
C5317 B5004
C5503

REG PWB ASS'Y

17
C5314 R5318

1
D5204
R5329 C5104

C5205
Q5304

3 1

R5103
Q5504

BRN

R5509 CN5501

R5102
C5318

IC5304
R5507 LIVE

R5508

16
R5104
CN5503 10

R5311

2
D5501

1
L5203

10

C5103

IC5101
K5101
C5313 R5325

15

CN5001
3
C5003
E

R5324
C5504

D5316

CN5301

C5319

2
C5312 R5312 C5303

CN5002
VA5001
5

T5001
14

4
D5205
D5302 4 IC5307 1 C5002

C5304

D5301
R5326
R5505

1
B

C5102
1

L5204

5
R5332

IC5303

12 13
Q5505 BLU

R5309

4
NEUTRAL
4

Q5305

C5101

5
LPA10118 -

C5311
C5320 D5101
SUB REG PWB ASS'Y

3
D5303 R5331
CN5502

R5107
D5509

D5309

11

SG5001
5
R5510 C5206
14

C5001
LF5002
R5310 C5308

C5107
R5106

C5301

D5202
R5511

10
L5201
W5531

B5003
1
21

R5307

R5001
C5309

C5106
B C5310

C5203
D5314
R5323

C5006
5 3 1

C5004
8
LPB10118 -001B
CN5504

9
SW.REG PWB

2
IC5302

R5306
02

D5508

VA5003
D5310
D5209

CP5301
1

R5305

C5005
D5507
D5506
D5505
D5504
D5503

R5317
E Q5301

D5311

C5201
R5316
R5304
R5315

Q5303
R5308 R5301
B5301 Q5302 D5201 C5209

COMPONENT PARTS LOCATION GUIDE <REGULATOR AND SUB REGULATOR>

REF.NO. LOCATION REF.NO. LOCATION REF.NO. LOCATION REF.NO. LOCATION REF.NO. LOCATION
CAPACITOR C5311 B C 2B D5302 A D 4C TRANSISTOR R5318 B C 9D
C5312 A D 2C D5303 A D 3B R5319 B C 9D
C5001 A D 17B C5313 B C 3C D5304 B C 4C Q5301 A D 1A R5320 B C 9D
C5002 A D 16C C5314 A D 2C D5305 B C 1E Q5302 B C 3A R5321 B C 9D
C5003 A D 14C C5315 B C 3D D5306 B C 2E Q5303 B C 3A R5322 B C 10D
C5004 A D 14B C5316 A D 2D D5307 B C 3E Q5304 B C 4C R5323 B C 4B
C5005 A D 15A C5317 B C 5D D5308 B C 3E Q5305 B C 3B R5324 B C 3C
C5006 A D 14A C5318 A D 5D D5309 A D 6B R5325 B C 3C
RESISTOR
C5101 A D 11B C5319 B C 6B D5310 A D 4A R5326 B C 4B
C5102 A D 13C C5320 A D 5B D5311 A D 4A R5001 A D 18A R5327 B C 9D
C5103 A D 11C D5312 A D 4E R5101 A D 13D R5328 B C 5D
C5104 A D 12C CONNECTOR R5102 A D 11D
D5313 B C 3E R5329 B C 6D
C5105 B C 11D D5314 A D 5A R5103 B C 12D R5331 B C 6B
CN5001 A D 18C
C5106 A D 12A D5315 A D 4D R5104 A D 13C R5332 B C 5C
CN5002 A D 18C
C5107 A D 13B D5316 B C 4B R5105 A D 13D R5333 B C 7D
CN5301 A D 4B
C5201 A D 6A R5106 A D 12B
CN5302 A D 1E IC OTHER
C5202 B C 1E R5107 A D 12B
CN5303 A D 1D
C5203 A D 7A R5301 A D 4A
IC5101 A D 12C CP5301 A D 9A
C5205 A D 7D DIODE R5304 B C 6A
IC5301 A D 9E F5001 A D 17C
C5206 A D 7B R5305 B C 1A
D5001 A D 14C IC5302 A D 2A FC5001 A D 17C
C5207 A D 7D R5306 B C 3A
D5101 A D 11B IC5303 A D 2C FC5002 A D 17E
C5208 A D 8D R5307 B C 2A
D5102 A D 11D IC5304 A D 3C K5101 A D 12C
C5209 A D 10A R5308 B C 2A
D5103 A D 11D IC5305 A D 3D LF5002 A D 16A
C5210 A D 9E R5309 B C 2B
D5201 A D 9A IC5306 A D 5D PC5101 A D 10D
C5301 A D 5B R5310 B C 2B
D5202 A D 9B IC5307 A D 6B SG5001 A D 17A
C5303 A D 5C R5311 B C 2C
D5204 A D 9C T5001 A D 10D
C5304 A D 6B COIL R5312 B C 2C
D5205 A D 9B VA5001 A D 17C
C5306 A D 9E R5313 B C 2D
D5206 A D 9E L5001 A D 17C VA5003 A D 18A
C5307 A D 10E R5314 B C 2D
C5308 A D 3B D5207 A D 9E L5201 A D 6A
R5315 A D 10A
D5208 A D 9D L5203 A D 6C
C5309 B C 2B R5316 A D 6A
D5209 A D 10A L5204 A D 7C
C5310 A D 1A R5317 A D 10A
D5301 A D 8C

4-49 4-50
 4.25 3D DIGITAL/4M AND S-SUB CIRCUIT BOARDS 4.26 TERMINAL CIRCUIT BOARD
<05> 3D DIGITAL/4M COMPONENT PARTS LOCATION GUIDE
LPB10143-001A <3D DIGITAL/4M>
REF.NO. LOCATION REF.NO. LOCATION REF.NO. LOCATION
<06> TERMINAL COMPONENT PARTS LOCATION GUIDE
FOIL SIDE(B) CAPACITOR C1460 A C 1B R1402 B C 5A LPB10116-001A <TERMINAL>
C1401 A D 5A C1461 A C 1B R1404 B C 2B

C7119
4
C1402 B C 5A C1462 A C 2A R1405 B C 2B C7118 REF.NO. LOCATION REF.NO. LOCATION

3
R1436
C1436
R1435 C1403 A D 5B C1463 A D 1D R1406 B C 1B
0 5 LPA10143 -
CAPACITOR R7105 B C 7C
D/ALEVEL C1464 A C 3A R1407 A C 1C

B1407
C1404 B C 2B R7106 B C 8C

1
C7101 B C 5C

B1408
VR1401 61

IC7102
3D DIGI/4M C1405 A C 1C C1465 A C 3A R1408 A C 1C R7126

W1
R7117
60
C7117
C7102 B C 5B R7107 B C 5B
C1435 PWB AY C1406 B C 3A C1466 A C 3A R1410 A C 2C
C7103 A D 10D R7108 B C 5B

C1456
C1452 C1407 B C 2B C1467 B C 3A R1411 A C 2B
R7109 B C 6B

R
C1468 B C 4A R1412 A C 1B C7104 B C 10D

L1408
C1408 B C 1B
C1455 R7110 B C 6B

6
C7105 A D 10C

6
C1409 B C 1B C1469 B C 4A R1413 A C 2C